AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON NOVEMBER 13, 1998
REGISTRATION NO. 333-
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (DE), INC.
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
DELAWARE 7372 02-0433294 (STATE OR OTHER (PRIMARY STANDARD (I.R.S. EMPLOYER JURISDICTION OF INDUSTRIAL IDENTIFICATION NUMBER) INCORPORATION OR CLASSIFICATION CODE ORGANIZATION) NUMBER) --------------------- |
155 FLEET STREET
PORTSMOUTH, NEW HAMPSHIRE 03801
(603) 436-0700
(ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
DANIEL M. MCGURL
CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (DE), INC.
155 FLEET STREET
PORTSMOUTH, NEW HAMPSHIRE 03801
(603) 436-0700
(NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
COPIES TO:
JOHN A. BURGESS, ESQ. MARK L. JOHNSON, ESQ. PHILIP P. ROSSETTI, ESQ. RICHARD G. COSTELLO, ESQ. HALE AND DORR LLP FOLEY, HOAG & ELIOT LLP 60 STATE STREET ONE POST OFFICE SQUARE BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02109 BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02109 TELEPHONE: (617) 526-6000 TELEPHONE: (617) 832-1000 TELECOPY: (617) 526-5000 TELECOPY: (617) 832-7000 --------------------- |
APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the effective date hereof.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box. [_]
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [_]
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [_]
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [_]
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box. [_]
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PROPOSED PROPOSED MAXIMUM TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF AMOUNT MAXIMUM AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF SECURITIES TO BE OFFERING PRICE OFFERING REGISTRATION TO BE REGISTERED REGISTERED(1) PER SHARE PRICE(2) FEE ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Common Stock, $.001 par value per share....... [ ]shares $[ ] $40,000,000 $11,120 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
(1) Includes [ ] shares which the Underwriters have the option to purchase
from the Company to cover over-allotments, if any. See "Underwriting."
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the
registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended.
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. WE MAY + +NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE + +SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN + +OFFER TO SELL SECURITIES, AND WE ARE NOT SOLICITING OFFERS TO BUY THESE + +SECURITIES, IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED. + |
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED NOVEMBER 13, 1998
[LOGO]
[ ] SHARES
COMMON STOCK
Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc. is offering [ ] shares of its common stock and the Selling Stockholders are selling an additional [ ] shares. This is Bottomline's initial public offering and no public market currently exists for its shares. We have applied for approval for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "EPAY" for the shares we are offering. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $ and $ per share.
INVESTING IN THE COMMON STOCK INVOLVES RISKS.
SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 6.
PER SHARE TOTAL --------- ----- Public Offering Price........................................... $ $ Underwriting Discounts and Commissions.......................... $ $ Proceeds to the Company......................................... $ $ Proceeds to the Selling Stockholders............................ $ $ |
THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AND STATE SECURITIES REGULATORS HAVE NOT APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED THESE SECURITIES, OR DETERMINED IF THIS PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
Bottomline has granted the Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional [ ] shares of Common Stock to cover over-allotments. BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc. expects to deliver the shares of Common Stock to purchasers on , 1999.
BANCBOSTON ROBERTSON STEPHENS
BT ALEX BROWN INCORPORATED
CIBC OPPENHEIMER
THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS , 1999.
[INSIDE FRONT COVER]
[This is a graphic which shows a paper check with a universal "no" sign through it. The words "Payment Management Software and Services that enable Organizations to Manage their Transition from Paper Checks to Electronic Payments" will be above the graphic]
[FRONT COVER FOLDOUT]
[This is a graphic which contains the following text:
"Bottomline Technologies is a Leading Provider of Enterprise-wide Payment Management Solutions -- Payment Management Software and Services that Enable Organizations to Manage their Transition from Paper Checks to Electronic Payments
> Payments are Universal
> Electronic Payments Bring Significant Benefits
> Bottomline Provides the Platform to Transition to Electronic Payments
> Single-platform for paper and electronic payments
> Cash Management
> Enterprise-wide payment control
> Security and Fraud Protection
> Ability to meet Government EFT mandates
> Internet Access
Beside the text is a graphic containing three concentric circles. The inside circle represents a Payment Server and contains the following text:
"Electronic Payments/Receipts; LaserCheck Printing; Electronic Remittance Advices; Check Fraud Avoidance"
The Second Circle is divided into four quadrants. Each quadrant in the second circle is color coded to relate to three color coded rings in the outer circle. The quadrants in the second circle and the related outside rings contain the following text:
"Financial Institutions (Large Banks, Federal Reserve and Small Banks). Payees (Individual, Government and Business). Internet (Employees, Customers and Vendors); and Payors (Accounting Software, Legacy Financial and ERP Systems)."]
YOU SHOULD RELY ONLY ON THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS. WE HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANYONE TO PROVIDE YOU WITH INFORMATION DIFFERENT FROM THAT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS. WE ARE OFFERING TO SELL, AND SEEKING OFFERS TO BUY, SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ONLY IN JURISDICTIONS WHERE OFFERS AND SALES ARE PERMITTED. THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS ACCURATE ONLY AS OF THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS, REGARDLESS OF THE TIME OF DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS OR OF ANY SALE OF OUR COMMON STOCK. IN THIS PROSPECTUS, THE "COMPANY," "BOTTOMLINE," "WE," "US" AND "OUR" REFER TO BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (DE), INC. (UNLESS THE CONTEXT OTHERWISE REQUIRES).
UNTIL [ ], 1999, ALL DEALERS THAT BUY, SELL OR TRADE OUR COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS REQUIREMENT IS IN ADDITION TO THE DEALERS' OBLIGATION TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE ---- Prospectus Summary....................................................... 4 Risk Factors............................................................. 6 Use of Proceeds.......................................................... 13 Dividend Policy.......................................................... 13 Capitalization........................................................... 14 Dilution................................................................. 15 Selected Financial Data.................................................. 16 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.......................................................... 17 Business................................................................. 30 Management............................................................... 43 Principal and Selling Stockholders....................................... 51 Description of Capital Stock............................................. 52 Shares Eligible for Future Sale.......................................... 54 Underwriting............................................................. 56 Legal Matters............................................................ 57 Experts.................................................................. 57 Additional Filings and Company Information............................... 58 Index to Financial Statements............................................ F-1 |
Bottomline Technologies, CheckGard, LaserCheck and PayBase are registered trademarks of Bottomline. All other trademarks or trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.
SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and may not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully. Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option. This prospectus contains forward-looking statements which involve risks and uncertainties. Bottomline's actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus.
THE COMPANY
We are a leading provider of enterprise-wide payment solutions. Our software and services enable organizations to transition from the traditional paper check process to electronic payments and to facilitate electronic commerce. We provide a single platform to control, manage and issue all payments. Our software complements and integrates with existing corporate payment applications, such as accounts payable, payroll, travel and entertainment expense, insurance claims and commissions. Our products provide Internet capability and run on Windows NT technology. Today, we have more than 2,000 customers, representing every major industry-sector, including The Charles Schwab Corporation, Dow Jones & Company, Inc., Harvard University, Microsoft Corporation and Nissan Motor Acceptance Corporation.
Most enterprises today still rely on pre-printed, paper checks to generate and receive payments. It is estimated that in 1997, United States businesses issued or received paper checks in approximately 73 billion transactions. With the significant growth of the Internet and electronic commerce, many enterprises are seeking to implement a cost-effective, secure, electronic payment system. The National Automated Clearing House Association ("NACHA") estimates that the cost of a business-to-business electronic payment averages $3.00 compared to $8.33 for a similar paper-based payment. NACHA estimates that approximately 4.4 billion automated clearing house payments were made in 1997, an increase of approximately 430% since 1991.
Bottomline's PayBase product suite is designed to provide a single platform to control, manage and issue all payments, whether paper-based or electronic, across an enterprise. Our software modules permit customers to leverage the flexibility of the Internet while increasing security and fraud avoidance. Our technology complements our customers' existing information systems and payment applications. We provide multiple options for delivery of detailed payment or remittance information, including via the Internet. Our LaserCheck offering is a cost-effective, software-based, laser-printing system that allows an enterprise to streamline its paper-payment process and to generate checks at the point of need. We also offer consulting services and related equipment and supplies to help customers plan, design and implement the transistion from paper to electronic payments.
Bottomline's objective is to be the leading provider of enterprise-wide payment solutions. In addition to our direct selling efforts, we also promote our products and services through relationships with enterprise resource planning and accounting system vendors, such as Oracle and SAP, and implementation consultants. For example, we recently entered into a working agreement with Arthur Andersen LLP. Under the working agreement, Arthur Andersen LLP will work with us to develop a marketing program and to utilize the enterprise consulting experience of Arthur Andersen LLP to demonstrate the benefits of migrating to our enterprise-wide PayBase/32/ payment solution. In March 1998, we were selected by the Federal Reserve System to provide the necessary software to enable over 12,000 banks to process electronic payments with remittance information for their commercial customers.
Bottomline was originally organized as a New Hampshire corporation in 1989 and was reincorporated as a Delaware corporation in August 1997. Bottomline's principal office is located at 155 Fleet Street, Portsmouth, New Hampshire 03801 and its telephone number is (603) 436-0700. The Company's web site is www.bottomline.com. The Company's web site is not a part of this prospectus.
THE OFFERING
Common Stock offered by the Company.. [ ] shares Common Stock offered by the Selling Stockholders....................... [ ] shares Common Stock to be outstanding after the Offering....................... [ ] shares(1) Use of Proceeds...................... To fund continued growth and expansion of its business, product development, potential acquisitions and other general corporate purposes Nasdaq National Market symbol........ EPAY |
SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
(In thousands, except per share data)
THREE MONTHS ENDED FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, SEPTEMBER 30, ---------------------------------------- ------------------- 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1997 1998 ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- (UNAUDITED) STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA: Revenues................ $10,408 $15,115 $18,067 $22,126 $29,037 $ 6,064 $ 8,105 Income (loss) from operations............ 1,454 1,234 1,553 (1,732) 2,830 358 747 Net income (loss)....... 924 775 883 (1,252) 1,603 194 457 Earnings (loss) per share available to common stockholders(2)(3): Basic................. $ 0.49 $ 0.37 $ 0.42 $ (0.68) $ 0.71 $ 0.08 $ 0.20 Diluted............... $ 0.39 $ 0.30 $ 0.34 $ (0.68) $ 0.61 $ 0.07 $ 0.17 Shares used in computing earnings (loss) per share available to common stockholders(3): Basic................. 1,752 1,841 1,898 1,995 2,105 2,102 2,120 Diluted............... 2,179 2,283 2,334 1,995 2,439 2,432 2,485 |
SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 -------------------------- PRO FORMA ACTUAL AS ADJUSTED (4)(5) ------- ------------------ (UNAUDITED) BALANCE SHEET DATA: Cash and cash equivalents............................ $ 1,491 $ Working capital...................................... 4,127 Total assets......................................... 12,084 Redeemable common stock, at redemption value......... 1,381 -- Stockholders' equity................................. 4,797 |
RISK FACTORS
You should carefully consider the following risks before making an investment decision. The risks described below are not the only ones that we face. Additional risks that generally apply to publicly traded companies, that are not yet identified or that we currently think are immaterial may also impair our business operations. Our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected by any of the following risks. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you could lose all or part of your investment. You should also refer to the other information set forth in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes. This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements are usually accompanied by words such as "believes," "anticipates," "plans," "expects" and similar expressions. Our actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements because of factors such as the Risk Factors discussed below.
VARIABILITY OF QUARTERLY PERFORMANCE
Our revenues and operating results may fluctuate from period to period. Factors that could cause these fluctuations include:
. the timing of orders and . the incurrence of costs longer sales cycles, relating to the integration particularly due to increased of software products and average selling prices of our operations in connection with enterprise-wide payment acquisitions of technologies solutions or businesses . the loss of key employees and . delivery interruptions the time required to train relating to equipment and new hires, particularly sales supplies purchased from and engineering personnel third-party vendors, which could delay system sales . the timing and market acceptance of new products or . economic conditions which may product enhancements by affect our customers' and either us or our competitors potential customers' budgets for technological expenditures . the timing of product implementations, which are highly dependent on customers' resources and discretion |
In addition, during our second fiscal quarter ended December 31, revenues have typically increased as customers on a calendar-based fiscal year completed their capital spending plans. During our third fiscal quarter ended March 31, revenues have typically declined as customers focus internal resources on statutory and regulatory reporting requirements. Our fourth fiscal quarter ended June 30, generally has the largest revenues as customers complete projects before summer, when activity in many corporate financial departments tends to slow. As a result, the Company has historically experienced first quarter revenues that are lower than those of the immediately preceding quarter. In addition, we could encounter unanticipated problems which could adversely affect our results of operations in one or more quarters. For example, during fiscal year 1997, the Company experienced significant problems with a third-party printer it had been reselling. The printer problems had a material adverse effect on our operating results, including: (i) increased customer support expenses incurred in receiving, investigating and responding to printer-related issues, (ii) increased service, maintenance and supply expenses incurred in repairing and, in some cases, replacing the defective printers, (iii) a decrease in orders from both new and existing customers as printer problems adversely affected sales productivity and (iv) inventory write-offs related to the defective printers.
A significant percentage of our expenses, particularly personnel costs and rent, are relatively fixed, and, therefore, shortfalls in revenues may cause significant variations in operating results in any quarter. Because of these factors, we believe that period to period comparisons of our results of operations are not necessarily
meaningful, and that investors should not rely on them as indicators of future performance. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." In addition, it is possible that in some future quarters our results of operations will be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors, and in that case the price of our common stock could be materially adversely affected.
DEPENDENCE ON PAYMENT MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS
Substantially all of our revenues come from the license and maintenance of our payment management solutions and sales of related products and services. Our PayBase software products are designed to provide a single platform to control, manage and issue all payments, whether paper-based or electronic, across an enterprise. Our future performance will depend to a large degree upon the market acceptance of PayBase as an enterprise-wide payment solution. Our prospects will also depend upon enterprises seeking to enhance their payment functions to integrate electronic payment capabilities. In addition, our future results will depend on the continued market acceptance of our department server platforms, including our LaserCheck solution, and our ability to introduce enhancements to meet the market's evolving needs for secure, payment-management solutions. Any reduction in demand for the Company's payment management solutions, increased competition in the market for automated payment management systems, changes in technology or lack of meaningful growth in the market for electronic and enterprise-wide payment solutions could have a material adverse effect on Bottomline's business, operating results and financial condition. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business--Products and Services."
RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE
Our success is dependent on the ability to develop new and enhanced software, services and related products to meet rapidly evolving requirements for payment management software. Trends which could have a critical impact on Bottomline include:
. rapidly changing technology, particularly in the areas of database management and network technology;
. evolving industry standards, including both formal and de facto standards relating to electronic payments;
. developments and changes relating to the Internet;
. competing products which offer increased functionality; and
. changes in customer requirements.
If we are unable to develop and introduce new products, or enhancements to existing products, in a timely and successful manner, our business, operating results and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
COMPETITION
The market for payment management software is intensely competitive and characterized by rapid technological change. Our competitors are diverse and offer a range of solutions directed at different segments of the payment management market. These competitors include:
. companies offering a broad suite of electronic data interchange products, such as Sterling Commerce;
. companies that provide a broad spectrum of electronic payment solutions, such as CheckFree;
. companies that offer laser-check printing software and services; and
. providers of traditional payment products, including check stock and check printing software and services, such as Standard Register.
Some of our competitors have longer operating histories, significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources, greater brand recognition and a larger installed customer base than we do. In addition, current and potential competitors may make strategic acquisitions or establish cooperative relationships to expand their product offerings and to offer more comprehensive solutions. In order to be successful in the future, we must respond promptly and effectively to our competitors' innovations and industry trends. We also expect to face additional competition as other established and emerging companies enter the market for payment management solutions. Sales opportunities may also be reduced to the extent that organizations choose to develop payment management solutions internally. We may not be able to compete effectively with current and future competitors. Increased competition may result in price reductions of our products and services, reduced revenues and gross margins and loss of market share, any one of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. See "Business--Competition."
MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH
Our rapid growth has sometimes strained, and may in the future strain, our managerial and other resources. Our ability to manage growth will depend in part on our ability to continue to enhance our operating, financial and management information systems. There can be no assurance that our personnel, systems, procedures and controls will be adequate to support our growth. If we are unable to manage growth effectively, the quality of our services, our ability to retain key personnel and our business, operating results and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
Our success depends upon the efforts and ability of our executive officers and key technical employees who are skilled in electronic commerce, payment methodology and regulation, and Internet, database and network technologies. We currently do not maintain "key man" life insurance policies on any of our employees. While certain executive officers have employment agreements with us, the loss of the services of any of our senior executive officers or other key employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. See "Management."
ABILITY TO ATTRACT AND RETAIN SKILLED PERSONNEL
We are dependent upon the ability to attract, hire, train and retain highly skilled technical, sales and marketing, and support personnel, particularly with expertise in electronic payment technology and knowledge of the banking industry. Competition for qualified personnel is intense. In addition, our location in Portsmouth, New Hampshire may limit our access to skilled personnel. Any failure to attract, hire or retain such personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, we plan to expand our sales and marketing and customer support organizations. Based on our experience, it takes an average of six months for a salesperson to become fully productive. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in increasing the productivity of our sales personnel, and the failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE YEAR 2000
Computer systems and software must accept four digit entries to distinguish 21st century dates from 20th century dates. As a result, many software and computer systems may need to be upgraded in order to meet Year 2000 requirements ("Year 2000"). Significant uncertainties exist in the software industry concerning the potential effects associated with such compliance.
We have assessed our internal systems and our currently supported products, including tools, equipment and software provided by others, for possible problems in processing, reporting, displaying, functioning with and otherwise handling date data containing the year 2000 and beyond. We are in the process of formulating
contingency plans in the event that we are unsuccessful in implementing our plans to make all of our systems, facilities and currently supported products Year 2000 ready. The Company believes that all of its products installed after February 1997 were Year 2000 ready at the time of installation.
Notwithstanding our efforts, any of our internal systems and facilities and any of the products we supply to customers could have undetected Year 2000 problems. In addition, customers using previous generations of our products may assert claims against us because of the failure of our products to meet Year 2000 requirements. Any failure by us to make Year 2000 ready our internal systems and facilities could cause significant operational problems for us. Further, our failure to timely provide adequate resources to correct identified Year 2000 problems in our currently supported products could result in claims by or liability to customers, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Failure of third-party software and equipment incorporated in our currently supported products to be Year 2000 ready could require us to incur unanticipated expenses to remedy Year 2000 problems, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Furthermore, the purchasing patterns of our customers or potential customers may be affected by Year 2000 issues because they may be required to expend significant resources on Year 2000 compliance, rather than investing in new software solutions or services such as those offered by us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
RISK OF SOFTWARE DEFECTS
Our software products could contain errors or "bugs" that could adversely affect their performance. Additionally, we regularly introduce new releases and periodically introduce new versions of our software products. Any defects or errors in new products or enhancements could result in adverse customer reactions, negative publicity regarding Bottomline and our products and could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. See "Business--Products and Services."
PROBLEMS WITH THIRD-PARTY HARDWARE
We resell laser printers made by third parties as part of our overall product offerings. During our 1997 fiscal year, we experienced a significant problem with a third-party printer that we were then reselling. The problem resulted in increased customer support and service expenses, a decrease in orders from new and existing customers, and an inventory write-off for defective printers of approximately $217,000. In response, we have revised and enhanced our quality assurance control programs and now utilize multiple printers and printer vendors. Any repetition of these problems could, however, have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
PRODUCT LIABILITY
Our software and hardware products are designed to provide critical payment management functions and to limit the risk of fraud or loss in effecting such transactions. As a result, our products are critical to our customers and there is the potential for significant product liability claims. Our license agreements with customers typically place the responsibility for use of the system on the customer and contain provisions intended to limit our exposure to product liability claims. However, these limitation provisions may not preclude all potential claims. We have not experienced any product liability claims to date. However, a product liability claim brought against us, even if not successful, would likely be time consuming and costly. A successful liability claim could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. See "Business--Products and Services."
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
We rely upon a combination of patent, copyright and trademark laws and non- disclosure and other intellectual property contractual arrangements to protect our proprietary rights. We have one allowed United States patent application relating to certain security aspects of our dual payment process. However, there can be no assurance that our allowed patent, or any other patents that may be issued in the future, will be of sufficient scope and strength to provide meaningful protection of our technology or any commercial advantage to us, or that the patents will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented. We enter into agreements with our employees and clients that seek to limit and protect the distribution of proprietary information. There can be no assurance that the steps we have taken to protect our property rights, however, will be adequate to deter misappropriation of proprietary information, and we may not be able to detect unauthorized use and take appropriate steps to enforce our intellectual property rights.
Although we believe that our products and services do not infringe upon the intellectual property rights of others and that we have all rights necessary to utilize the intellectual property employed in our business, we are subject to the risk of claims alleging infringement of third-party intellectual property rights. Any such claims could require us to spend significant sums in litigation, pay damages, delay product installments, develop non-infringing intellectual property or acquire licenses to intellectual property that is the subject of any such infringement. Therefore, such claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. See "Business--Proprietary Rights."
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH POTENTIAL ACQUISITIONS
We may, from time to time, pursue acquisitions that could provide additional new product or service offerings, additional industry expertise, a broader client base or an expanded geographic presence. Future acquisitions by us may result in the use of significant amounts of cash, potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities, incurrence of debt or amortization expenses related to goodwill and other intangible assets, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, acquisitions involve numerous risks, including: (i) difficulties in the assimilation of the operations, technologies, products and personnel of the acquired company, (ii) the diversion of management's attention from other business concerns, (iii) risks of entering markets in which we have no or limited prior experience and (iv) the potential loss of key employees of the acquired company. From time to time, we have engaged in discussions with third parties concerning potential acquisitions of product lines, technologies and business. However, there are currently no active negotiations, commitments or agreements with respect to any such acquisition. In the event that such an acquisition does occur, there can be no assurance that our business, operating results and financial condition will not be materially adversely affected.
SIGNIFICANT UNALLOCATED NET PROCEEDS
We have no specific uses for most of the anticipated net proceeds of this offering other than general working capital purposes. Our management will have broad discretion to use and invest the net proceeds. As a result, investors in this offering will be relying upon management's judgment with only limited information about its specific intentions regarding the use of proceeds. See "Use of Proceeds."
NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET
Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Bottomline, the selling stockholders and the Underwriters will determine the public offering price by negotiations, and this price may not be the price at which our common stock will trade. See "Underwriting" for a discussion of factors to be considered in determining the public offering price. Although our common stock will be quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, an active trading market may not develop and be sustained after this offering. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate substantially due to a variety of factors, including:
. quarterly fluctuations in operating results;
. adverse circumstances affecting the introduction or market acceptance of new products or services offered by us;
. announcements of new products or services by competitors;
. changes in earnings estimates by analysts;
. changes in accounting principles;
. sales of common stock by existing holders; and
. loss of key personnel and other factors.
In addition, the stock market is subject to extreme price and volume fluctuations. Securities class action litigation has often been brought against companies that experience volatility in the market price of their securities. Litigation brought against us could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management's attention and resources, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION
The public offering price per share of common stock is expected to be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $[ ] in the pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock (assuming a public offering price of $[ ] per share). The exercise of outstanding options to purchase our common stock will result in additional dilution per share. See "Dilution."
ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECT OF DELAWARE LAW AND CERTAIN CHARTER AND BY-LAW PROVISIONS
Delaware corporate law contains, and our certificate of incorporation and by- laws will contain, certain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of Bottomline. See "Description of Capital Stock" for a discussion of these provisions. These provisions could limit the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. Certain of these provisions:
. authorize the issuance of "blank check" preferred stock (preferred stock which can be created and issued by the board of directors without prior stockholder approval) with rights senior to those of common stock;
. provide for a staggered board of directors (so that it would take three successive annual meetings to replace all directors);
. prohibit stockholder action by written consent; and
. establish advance notice requirements for submitting nominations for election to the board of directors and for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at a meeting.
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Sales of our common stock in the public market following this offering could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. All of the shares offered under this prospectus will be freely tradable in the open market. The remaining [ ] shares of common stock which will be outstanding after this offering are considered "restricted securities" under Rules 144 or 701 of the Securities Act. Generally, restricted securities that have been owned for a period of at least two years may be sold immediately after the completion of this offering and restricted securities that have been owned for at least one year may be sold 90 days after the completion of this offering. Certain of the restricted securities are subject to lock-up agreements with the Underwriters. Persons subject to lock-up agreements have agreed not to sell shares of common stock without the prior permission of the Underwriters for a period of 180 days after the completion of this offering. The table below sets forth information regarding potential sales of restricted securities.
. [ ] shares may be sold immediately after completion of this offering;
. [ ] shares may be sold 90 days after completion of this offering; and
. [ ] shares may be sold upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements.
Shares of common stock may also be issued and then sold in the open market upon the exercise of options. We intend to register an aggregate of 1,110,000 shares of common stock, which may be issued under our 1989 Stock Option Plan, 1997 Stock Incentive Plan and 1998 Director Stock Option Plan after this offering. The table below sets forth information regarding potential sales of common stock as a result of the exercise of options outstanding on the date of this prospectus.
. [ ] shares may be sold 90 days after consummation of this offering; and
. [ ] shares may be sold upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements.
In addition, Bottomline intends to register an aggregate of 250,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under its 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. However, no shares will be issuable under the 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan until [ ], 1999.
USE OF PROCEEDS
The net proceeds we will receive from the sale of [ ] shares of common stock offered by us are estimated to be $[ ] after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us and assuming a public offering price of $[ ] per share. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.
The principal purposes of this offering are:
. to increase our equity capital;
. to facilitate future access by us to public equity markets;
. to provide increased visibility and credibility in a marketplace where several of our current and potential competitors are, or may in the future be, public companies; and
. to enhance our ability to use our common stock as consideration for acquisitions and as a means of attracting and retaining key employees.
We will use the net proceeds from this offering for growth and expansion of our business, product development, international expansion, possible acquisitions and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We have not identified specific uses for such proceeds and management will have discretion over their use and investment. We intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment grade, interest-bearing instruments until they are used.
We intend to seek acquisitions that could provide additional new product or service offerings, additional industry expertise, a broader client base or an expanded geographic presence, and a portion of the net proceeds may be used for such acquisitions. While we discuss potential acquisitions from time to time, we currently have no plans, commitments or agreements for any acquisitions and there can be no assurances that any acquisitions will be made.
DIVIDEND POLICY
We currently intend to retain earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Payment of future dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs and plans for expansion. Under the terms of our revolving credit agreement, there are restrictions on our ability to declare and pay dividends.
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth as of September 30, 1998: (i) the actual capitalization of the Company, (ii) the pro forma capitalization of the Company after giving effect to the termination of redemption rights of the redeemable common stock upon the effectiveness of this offering and (iii) the pro forma as adjusted capitalization of the Company after giving effect to the sale by the Company of [ ] shares of common stock offered hereby at an assumed public offering price of $[ ] per share and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by the Company. See "Use of Proceeds." This table should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the Financial Statements and Notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 -------------------------------- PRO FORMA ACTUAL PRO FORMA AS ADJUSTED -------- --------- ----------- (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA) Redeemable common stock, at redemption value; authorized, issued and outstanding 267,000 shares, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted.................................... $1,381 $ -- $ -- Stockholders' equity: Preferred stock, $.001 par value; authorized shares -- none, actual and pro forma; authorized shares -- 4,000,000, pro forma as adjusted (1); no shares issued and outstanding, actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted................. -- -- -- Common stock, $.001 par value; authorized shares -- 15,000,000, actual and pro forma; authorized shares -- 50,000,000, pro forma as adjusted (1); issued and outstanding shares -- 2,161,709, actual(2); issued and outstanding shares -- 2,428,709, pro forma(2); issued and outstanding shares -- [ ], pro forma as adjusted(2)...................... 2 2 Additional paid-in-capital.................... 1,871 3,252 Retained earnings............................. 2,924 2,924 -------- ------ ---- Total stockholders' equity............... 4,797 6,178 -------- ------ ---- Total capitalization.................... $ 6,178 $6,178 $ ======== ====== ==== |
DILUTION
The pro forma net tangible book value of Bottomline as of September 30, 1998, assuming the termination of redemption rights of the redeemable common stock upon the effectiveness of this offering was $6,178,000 or $2.54 per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing Bottomline's pro forma tangible net worth (tangible assets less liabilities) by the number of shares of common stock outstanding. After giving effect to the sale of [ ] shares of common stock offered hereby at an assumed public offering price of $[ ] per share and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by Bottomline, the net tangible book value of Bottomline as of September 30, 1998 would have been $[ ] per share. This represents an immediate increase in such net tangible book value of $[ ] per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $[ ] per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering. If the public offering price is higher or lower, the dilution to the new investors will in turn be greater or less. The following table illustrates the per share dilution:
Assumed public offering price per share......................... $ Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 1998.................................................... $ 2.54 Increase per share attributable to this offering.............. ------ Net tangible book value per share after this offering........... ---- Dilution per share to new investors............................. $ ==== |
The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of September 30, 1998, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from Bottomline, the total consideration paid and the average consideration paid per share by the existing stockholders and by the new investors based (for new investors) upon an assumed public offering price of $[ ] per share (before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses):
SHARES PURCHASED TOTAL CONSIDERATION AVERAGE ----------------- ----------------------- PRICE NUMBER(2) PERCENT AMOUNT PERCENT PER SHARE --------- ------- ------------ ------------------- Existing stockholders (1)(2).................... 2,428,709 % $ 2,674,000 % $1.10 New investors............... --------- ----- ------------ ------- Total..................... 100.0% $ 100.0% ========= ===== ============ ======= |
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected financial data are derived from the financial statements of Bottomline. The selected financial data as of June 30, 1997 and 1998 and for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 1998 are derived from financial statements, which have been audited by Ernst and Young LLP, independent auditors, included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected financial data as of June 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and for each of the two years in the period ended June 30, 1995 are derived from financial statements, which have been audited by Ernst and Young LLP, independent auditors, not included in this prospectus. The selected financial data as of September 30, 1998 and for the three months ended September 30, 1997 and 1998 are derived from unaudited financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus. The data set forth below should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the Financial Statements and the Notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.
THREE MONTHS FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, ----------------------------------------- --------------------- 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1997 1998 ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------ (UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA) STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA: Revenues: Software licenses...... $ 3,337 $ 4,144 $ 4,689 $ 6,392 $ 9,887 $1,591 $ 3,477 Service and maintenance.......... 1,643 3,083 4,580 6,729 9,701 1,937 2,254 Equipment and supplies............. 5,428 7,888 8,798 9,005 9,449 2,536 2,374 ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- Total revenues........ 10,408 15,115 18,067 22,126 29,037 6,064 8,105 Cost of revenues: Software licenses...... 72 54 27 160 215 48 123 Service and maintenance.......... 1,030 1,790 2,655 4,206 4,261 851 1,106 Equipment and supplies............. 3,138 5,215 5,361 6,410 6,526 1,648 1,682 ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- Total cost of revenues............ 4,240 7,059 8,043 10,776 11,002 2,547 2,911 ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- Gross profit............ 6,168 8,056 10,024 11,350 18,035 3,517 5,194 Operating expenses: Sales and marketing.... 2,728 3,716 4,190 6,631 7,675 1,557 2,242 Product development and engineering.......... 231 701 1,237 2,185 3,158 670 928 General and administrative....... 1,755 2,405 3,044 4,266 4,372 932 1,277 ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- Total operating expenses............ 4,714 6,822 8,471 13,082 15,205 3,159 4,447 ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- Income (loss) from operations............ 1,454 1,234 1,553 (1,732) 2,830 358 747 Interest income (expense), net........ 11 12 (6) (56) (50) (22) 15 ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting for income taxes...... 1,465 1,246 1,547 (1,788) 2,780 336 762 Provision (benefit) for income taxes.......... 577 471 664 (536) 1,177 142 305 Cumulative effect of change in accounting for income taxes...... 36 -- -- -- -- -- -- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------- Net income (loss)....... $ 924 $ 775 $ 883 $(1,252) $ 1,603 $ 194 $ 457 ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ======= Earnings (loss) per share available to common stockholders(1)(2) Basic.................. $ 0.49 $ 0.37 $ 0.42 $ (0.68) $ 0.71 $ 0.08 $ 0.20 ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ======= Diluted................ $ 0.39 $ 0.30 $ 0.34 $ (0.68) $ 0.61 $ 0.07 $ 0.17 ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ======= Shares used in computing earnings (loss) per share available to common stockholders(2): Basic.................. 1,752 1,841 1,898 1,995 2,105 2,102 2,120 ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ======= Diluted................ 2,179 2,283 2,334 1,995 2,439 2,432 2,485 ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ======= JUNE 30, SEPTEMBER 30, ----------------------------------------- ------------- 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1998 ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------------- (UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS) BALANCE SHEET DATA: Cash and cash equivalents........... $ 910 $ 632 $ 1,080 $ 827 $ 1,362 $ 1,491 Working capital......... 1,323 2,027 3,123 2,476 3,884 4,127 Total assets............ 4,130 7,394 9,144 10,481 11,301 12,084 Short-term and long-term debt.................. -- 499 597 1,384 75 50 Redeemable common stock, at redemption value... 973 1,061 1,148 1,246 1,353 1,381 Stockholders' equity.... 1,222 2,183 3,708 2,680 4,368 4,797 |
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The Company's actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors including those set forth under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and the Financial Statements and Notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
OVERVIEW
The Company is a leading provider of enterprise-wide payment solutions. In 1989, the Company released its first product, LaserCheck for DOS, to offer enterprises a cost-effective method to issue checks with specialized laser printers and toners, eliminating the need for pre-printed, negotiable check stock. In 1992, the Company entered into an arrangement with Xerox to sell an advanced laser printer and newly developed magnetic ink character recognition ("MICR") toners. Over the next few years, the Company became one of the largest re-sellers of Xerox Corporation MICR products, adapted its LaserCheck products to run on Windows 3.X and Windows 95 operating platforms and developed new check fraud avoidance software applications. In 1996, in order to expand its offerings to include an electronic-payment solution, the Company acquired CertiSoft Solutions, Inc. ("CertiSoft"), a developer of software applications that are designed exclusively to make secure electronic payments. In February 1997, the Company released its PayBase/32/ and PayBase/16/ software suites of fully integrated 32- and 16-bit modular software products that run on Windows 98 and Windows NT operating platforms and enable enterprises to control, manage and issue all payments across an enterprise. In March 1998, the Company was selected by the Federal Reserve System to develop financial electronic data interchange ("EDI") translation software for its 12,000 member financial institutions. Today, Bottomline's customer base includes over 2,000 customers in industries such as financial services, health care, communications, education, media, manufacturing and government.
The Company's revenues are primarily derived from three sources: (i) software license fees, (ii) service and maintenance fees and (iii) equipment and supplies sales. The Company derives software license revenues primarily from PayBase software licenses fees, which are generally based on the number of software application and user licenses purchased. Fees from sales of software licenses are generally recognized upon delivery of the software to the customer, unless the Company has significant obligations remaining with respect to the software. The Company derives service and maintenance revenues from: (i) consulting, design and training fees which are fixed on a project-to-project basis and (ii) customer support and maintenance fees. Revenues related to consulting, design and service fees are recognized at the time services are rendered. Customer support and training fees are established as a percentage, typically 18% of the list price for the software license and are prepaid annually. Support and maintenance agreements generally have a term of 12 months and are renewable annually. The Company recognizes revenues related to customer support and maintenance fees ratably over the life of the agreement. The Company derives equipment and supply revenues from the sale of printers, MICR toners and check stock and are recognized at the time of delivery.
The Company expects to continue making significant investments in product development and engineering in order to enhance its current products, develop new products and further advance its Internet and payment technologies. Future investments in product development and engineering will generally be related to the hiring of additional software engineering personnel.
The continued investment in and expansion of the Company's direct sales force is an important part of the Company's strategy. The Company intends to add approximately 10 new sales professionals during fiscal year 1999. The Company also intends to continue to increase the promotion of its products and services through conferences, seminars, direct marketing and trade publications, as well as through relationships with enterprise resource planning and accounting system vendors, such as Oracle and SAP, and implementation consultants.
In addition, the Company expects to increase its system engineering and sales support personnel located in its existing field sales offices in San Francisco, California; Chicago, Illinois; Englewood, Colorado; and New York, New York and to open additional field sales offices in other major cities.
The Company records software development costs in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Statement No. 86. The Company has not had any software development costs that were capitalized during the last fiscal year and does not currently have any software development costs that are being capitalized.
In October 1997, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee ("ACSEC") of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued Statement of Position No. 97-2 "Software Revenue Recognition" ("SOP 97-2"), which the Company adopted on July 1, 1998. The Company believes that SOP 97-2 will not have a material impact on its future operating results.
RECENT DEVELOPMENT
In October 1998, the Company entered into a working agreement with Arthur Andersen LLP. Under the working agreement, Arthur Andersen LLP will work with the Company to introduce the Company's PayBase/32/ solution to enterprises that would likely benefit from anticipated cost efficiencies and enhanced internal controls realized from PayBase/32/. The Company plans to utilize the enterprise consulting experience of Arthur Andersen LLP to demonstrate to the users of the Company's departmental payment products the benefits of migrating to the Company's PayBase/32/ enterprise-wide payment solution. In October 1998, Arthur Andersen LLP also made an investment in the Company's common stock.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following table sets forth certain financial data as a percentage of revenues for the periods indicated.
THREE MONTHS ENDED FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, SEPTEMBER 30, -------------------------- ------------- 1996 1997 1998 1997 1998 -------- -------- -------- ------ ------ Revenues: Software licenses............. 25.9% 28.9% 34.0% 26.3% 42.9% Service and maintenance....... 25.4 30.4 33.4 31.9 27.8 Equipment and supplies........ 48.7 40.7 32.6 41.8 29.3 -------- -------- -------- ------ ------ Total revenues............... 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Cost of revenues: Software licenses............. 0.1 0.7 0.7 0.8 1.5 Service and maintenance....... 14.7 19.0 14.7 14.0 13.6 Equipment and supplies........ 29.7 29.0 22.5 27.2 20.8 -------- -------- -------- ------ ------ Total cost of revenues....... 44.5 48.7 37.9 42.0 35.9 -------- -------- -------- ------ ------ Gross profit 55.5 51.3 62.1 58.0 64.1 Operating expenses: Sales and marketing........... 23.2 29.9 26.4 25.7 27.7 Product development and engineering................. 6.9 9.9 10.9 11.0 11.4 General and administrative.... 16.8 19.3 15.1 15.4 15.8 -------- -------- -------- ------ ------ Total operating expenses..... 46.9 59.1 52.4 52.1 54.9 -------- -------- -------- ------ ------ Income (loss) from operations.. 8.6 (7.8) 9.7 5.9 9.2 Interest income (expense), net.......................... -- (0.3) (0.1) (0.4) 0.2 -------- -------- -------- ------ ------ Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes... 8.6 (8.1) 9.6 5.5 9.4 Provision (benefit) for income taxes........................ 3.7 (2.4) 4.1 2.3 3.8 -------- -------- -------- ------ ------ Net income (loss).............. 4.9% (5.7)% 5.5% 3.2% 5.6% ======== ======== ======== ====== ====== |
FISCAL QUARTER ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 COMPARED TO FISCAL QUARTER ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
Revenues
Total revenues increased by $2.0 million to $8.1 million in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1998 from $6.1 million in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1997, an increase of 33%.
Software Licenses. Software license fees increased by $1.9 million to $3.5 million in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1998 from $1.6 million in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1997, an increase of 119%. Software licenses fees represented 43% of total revenues in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1998 compared to 26% of total revenues for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1997. The increase in software license fees was due primarily to growing market acceptance of PayBase/32/ and the delivery of software to the Federal Reserve System.
Service and Maintenance. Service and maintenance fees increased by $300,000 to $2.2 million in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1998 from $1.9 million in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1997, an increase of 16%. Service and maintenance fees represented 27% of total revenues in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1998 compared to 31% of total revenues in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1997. The increase in service and maintenance fees was due primarily to an increase in the number of sales of software licenses, which resulted in increased orders for services and sales of software maintenance and technical support.
Equipment and Supplies. Equipment and supplies sales decreased by $200,000 to $2.4 million in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1998 from $2.6 million in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1997, a decrease of 8%. Equipment and supplies sales represented 30% of total revenues in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1998 compared to 43% of total revenues in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1997. The decrease in equipment and supplies sales was due primarily to a reduction in sales of printer accessories.
Cost of Revenues
Software Licenses. Software license costs consist of expenses incurred by the Company to manufacture, package and distribute its software products and related documentation and costs of licensing third-party software incorporated into its products. Software license costs increased by $75,000 to $123,000 in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1998 from $48,000 in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1997, an increase of 156%. Software license costs were 4% of software revenues in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1998 compared to 3% of software revenues in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1997. The increase in software license costs was due primarily to royalty payments made in connection with the software delivered to the Federal Reserve System.
Service and Maintenance. Service and maintenance costs include salary expense and other related costs for the Company's customer service, maintenance and telephone support staffs, as well as third-party contractor expenses. Service and maintenance costs increased by $249,000 to $1.1 million in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1998 from $851,000 in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1997, an increase of 29%. Service and maintenance costs were 50% of service and maintenance revenues in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1998 compared to 45% of service and maintenance revenues in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1997.
Equipment and Supplies. Equipment and supplies costs increased by $100,000 to $1.7 million in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1998 from $1.6 million in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1997, an increase of 6%. Equipment and supplies costs were 71% of equipment and supply revenues in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1998 compared to 62% of equipment and supplies sales in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1997.
Operating Expenses
Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries and other related costs for sales and marketing personnel, sales commissions, travel, public relations and marketing materials and trade shows. Sales and marketing expenses increased by $600,000 to $2.2 million in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1998 from $1.6 million in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1997, an increase of 38%. Sales and marketing expenses were 27% of total revenues in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1998 compared to 26% of total revenues in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1997. The dollar increase was due primarily to increases in staffing.
Product Development and Engineering. Product development and engineering expenses consist primarily of personnel costs to support product development. Product development and engineering expenses increased by $258,000 to $928,000 in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1998 from $670,000 in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1997, an increase of 39%. Product development and engineering expenses remained constant at 11% of total revenues in the fiscal quarters ended September 30, 1998 and September 30, 1997. The dollar increase was due primarily to increases in staffing.
General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and other related costs for operations and finance employees, legal and accounting services and certain facilities-related expenses. General and administrative expenses increased by $368,000 to $1.3 million in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1998 from $932,000 in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1997, an increase of 39%. General and administrative expenses were 16% of total revenues in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1998 compared to 15% of total revenues in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1997. The increase was due primarily to increased personnel, facility and information system expenses necessary to support the Company's expanding operations.
Interest Income (Expense), Net. Interest income (expense), net consists of interest income and interest expense. Interest income (expense), net increased by $37,000 to $15,000 in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1998 from ($22,000) in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1997. The increase was due to lower average balances outstanding under the Company's revolving credit agreement and higher cash balances on hand.
Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes. The provision (benefit) for income taxes increased by $163,000 to $305,000 in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1998 from $142,000 in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1997. The effective tax rate in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1998 was 40% compared to 42% in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1997. The effective tax rates in the fiscal quarters ended September 30, 1998 and September 30, 1997 differed from the federal statutory rate due principally to the effect of state income taxes.
Net Income. Net income increased by $263,000 to $457,000 in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1998 from $194,000 in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1997.
FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
Revenues
Total revenues increased by $6.9 million to $29.0 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 from $22.1 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997, an increase of 31%. The increase was primarily attributable to the addition of new clients to the Company's customer base, resulting in substantial growth in software license fees and related services and maintenance fees.
Software Licenses. Software license fees increased by $3.5 million to $9.9 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 from $6.4 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997, an increase of 55%. Software licenses fees represented 34% of total revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 compared to 29% of total revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997. The increase in software license fees was due primarily to a higher average license price and an increase in the number of customers as a result of growing market acceptance of PayBase/32/, which the Company released in February 1997.
Service and Maintenance. Service and maintenance fees increased by $3.0 million to $9.7 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 from $6.7 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997, an increase of 45%. Service and maintenance fees represented 33% of total revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 compared to 30% of total revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997. The increase in service and maintenance fees was due primarily to an increase in the number of customers and sales of software licenses, which resulted in increased orders for services and sales of software maintenance and technical support.
Equipment and Supplies. Equipment and supplies sales increased by $400,000 to $9.4 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 from $9.0 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997, an increase of 4%. Equipment and supplies sales represented 33% of total revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 compared to 41% of total revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997. The increase in equipment and supplies sales was due primarily to increased sales of MICR toners and check stock.
Cost of Revenues
Software Licenses. Software license costs increased by $55,000 to $215,000 in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 from $160,000 in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997, an increase of 34%. Software license costs were 2% of software revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 compared to 3% of software revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997.
Service and Maintenance. Service and maintenance costs increased by $100,000 to $4.3 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 from $4.2 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997, an increase of 2%. Service and maintenance costs were 44% of service and maintenance revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 compared to 63% of service and maintenance revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997. Service and maintenance costs as a percentage of service and maintenance revenues were significantly higher in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 as a result of increased maintenance costs and charges incurred in fiscal year 1997 by the Company due to a problem with a third-party printer that the Company had been reselling.
Equipment and Supplies. Equipment and supplies costs increased by $100,000 to $6.5 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 from $6.4 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997, an increase of 2%. Equipment and supplies costs were 69% of equipment and supplies sales in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 compared to 71% in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997. The decrease in equipment and supplies costs as a percentage of equipment and supplies sales was due primarily to a higher provision for inventory obsolescence recognized during fiscal year 1997 related to a third-party printer that the Company had been reselling.
Operating Expenses
Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses increased by $1.1 million to $7.7 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 from $6.6 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997, an increase of 17%. Sales and marketing expenses were 26% of total revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 compared to 30% of total revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997. The dollar increase was due primarily to an increase in sales and marketing personnel and increased marketing expenditures relating to the introduction of PayBase/32/.
Product Development and Engineering. Product development and engineering expenses increased by $1.0 million to $3.2 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 from $2.2 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997, an increase of 45%. Product development and engineering expenses were 11% of total revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 compared to 10% of total revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997. The dollar increase was due primarily to the hiring of additional personnel to develop new software products.
General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses increased by $100,000 to $4.4 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 from $4.3 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997, an increase of 2%. General and administrative expenses were 15% of total revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 compared to 19% of total revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997. The dollar increase was due primarily to increased personnel and facility expenses necessary to support the Company's expanding operations.
Interest Income (Expense), Net. Interest income (expense), net decreased by $6,000 to ($50,000) in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 from ($56,000) in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997. The decrease was due to lower prevailing interest rates and lower borrowings in fiscal year 1998 compared to fiscal year 1997.
Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes. The provision (benefit) for income taxes increased by $1.7 million to $1.2 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 from ($536,000) in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997. The effective tax rate in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 was 42% compared to (30.0%) in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997. The effective tax rate in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 differed from the federal statutory rate due principally to the effect of state income taxes and reduced levels of available research and development credits. The effective tax rate in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 differed from the federal statutory rate due principally to the effect of non-deductible expenses associated principally with the Company's CertiSoft acquisition, which were offset partially by research and development credits.
Net Income (Loss). Net income (loss) increased by $2.9 million to $1.6 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 from ($1.3) million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997.
FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1996
Revenues
Total revenues increased by $4.0 million to $22.1 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 from $18.1 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996, an increase of 22%. This increase was primarily attributable to the addition of new clients to the Company's customer base, resulting in substantial growth in software license fees and related services and maintenance fees. Revenues were adversely affected in fiscal year 1997 due to a problem with a third-party printer that the Company had been reselling.
Software Licenses. Software license fees increased by $1.7 million to $6.4 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 from $4.7 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996, an increase of 36%. Software license fees represented 29% of total revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 compared to 26% of total revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996. The increase in software license fees was due primarily to a higher average license price, an increase in customers as a result of growing market acceptance of LaserCheck
and the Company's introduction of PayBase. Software license fees were adversely affected in fiscal year 1997 due to a decrease in orders from both new and existing customers as a result of a problem with a third-party printer that the Company had been reselling, which reduced sales productivity.
Service and Maintenance. Service and maintenance fees increased by $2.1 million to $6.7 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 from $4.6 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996, an increase of 46%. Service and maintenance fees represented 30% of total revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 compared to 25% of total revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996. The increase in service and maintenance fees was due primarily to an increase in the number of customers and sales of software licenses, which resulted in increased orders for professional services and sales of software maintenance and technical support.
Equipment and Supplies. Equipment and supplies sales increased by $200,000 to $9.0 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 from $8.8 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996, an increase of 2%. Equipment and supplies sales represented 41% of total revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 compared to 49% of total revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996. The increase in equipment and supplies sales was due primarily to increased sales of MICR toners and check stock.
Cost of Revenues
Software Licenses. Software license costs increased by $133,000 to $160,000 in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 from $27,000 in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996, an increase of 493%. Software license costs represented 3% of software license revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 compared to 1% of software license revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996. Software license costs increased primarily because the Company converted from diskette to CD-ROM media for packaging its software.
Service and Maintenance. Service and maintenance costs increased by $1.5 million to $4.2 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 from $2.7 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996, an increase of 56%. Service and maintenance costs represented 63% of service and maintenance revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 compared to 58% of service and maintenance revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996. The increase was primarily due to expansion of the Company's customer services organization and higher than expected charges incurred in fiscal year 1997 by the Company related to a problem with a third-party printer that the Company had been reselling.
Equipment and Supplies. Equipment and supplies costs increased by $1.0 million to $6.4 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 from $5.4 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996, an increase of 19%. Equipment and supplies costs represented 71% of equipment and supplies sales in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 compared to 61% of equipment and supplies sales in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996. This increase was due primarily to inventory write-offs and higher provisions for printer inventory obsolescence recognized during fiscal year 1997 due to a problem with a third-party printer that the Company had been reselling.
Operating Expenses
Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses increased by $2.4 million to $6.6 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 from $4.2 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996, an increase of 57%. Sales and marketing expenses represented 30% of total revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 compared to 23% of total revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996. The increase was due to a significant increase in sales and marketing personnel and increased marketing program expenditures to launch PayBase products and to increased sales of the Company's LaserCheck software.
Product Development and Engineering. Product development and engineering expenses increased by $1.0 million to $2.2 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 from $1.2 million in the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1996, an increase of 83%. Product development and engineering expenses represented 10% of total revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 compared to 7% of total revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996. The increase was due primarily to additional amortization of certain acquired software costs charged to operations and increases in staffing to support development of PayBase.
General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses increased by $1.3 million to $4.3 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 from $3.0 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996, an increase of 43%. General and administrative expenses represented 19% of total revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 compared to 17% of total revenues in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996. The increase was due to increased personnel and facility expenses necessary to support the Company's expanding operations and to complete the conversion to a new accounting system.
Interest Income (Expense), Net. Interest income (expense), net increased by $50,000 to ($56,000) in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 from ($6,000) in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996, an increase of 833%. The increase was due primarily to increased borrowings under the Company's revolving credit agreement in fiscal year 1997.
Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes. The provision (benefit) for income taxes decreased by $1.2 million to ($536,000) in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 from $664,000 in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996. The effective tax rate in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 was (30%) compared to 43% in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996. The effective tax rate in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 differed from the federal statutory rate due principally to non-deductible expenses associated with the Company's CertiSoft acquisition and research and development tax credits. The effective tax rate in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996 differed from the federal statutory rate due principally to the effect of state income taxes and non-deductible expenses associated with the Company's CertiSoft acquisition.
Net Income (Loss). Net income (loss) decreased by $2.2 million to ($1.3) million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 from $883,000 in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996.
SELECTED QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following table sets forth certain unaudited quarterly results of operations of Bottomline for each of the nine quarters ended September 30, 1998. In management's opinion, this unaudited information has been prepared on the same basis as the audited Financial Statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the unaudited quarterly results when read in conjunction with the audited Financial Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of operations for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of future results of operations.
THREE MONTHS ENDED ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SEPT. 30, DEC. 31, MAR. 31, JUNE 30, SEPT. 30, DEC. 31, MAR. 31, JUNE 30, SEPT. 30, 1996 1996 1997 1997 1997 1997 1998 1998 1998 --------- -------- -------- -------- --------- -------- -------- -------- --------- (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA) Revenues: Software licenses...... $1,415 $1,510 $1,458 $2,009 $1,591 $2,844 $2,506 $2,946 $3,477 Service and maintenance.......... 1,340 1,716 1,788 1,885 1,937 2,534 2,280 2,950 2,254 Equipment and supplies............. 2,041 2,426 2,244 2,294 2,536 2,106 2,675 2,132 2,374 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ Total revenues........ 4,796 5,652 5,490 6,188 6,064 7,484 7,461 8,028 8,105 Cost of revenues: Software licenses...... 36 44 30 50 48 70 44 53 123 Service and maintenance.......... 892 1,251 1,015 1,048 851 1,178 1,060 1,172 1,106 Equipment and supplies............. 1,380 1,904 1,546 1,580 1,648 1,528 1,828 1,522 1,682 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ Total cost of revenues............ 2,308 3,199 2,591 2,678 2,547 2,776 2,932 2,747 2,911 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ Gross profit............ 2,488 2,453 2,899 3,510 3,517 4,708 4,529 5,281 5,194 Operating expenses: Sales and marketing.... 1,338 1,594 1,665 2,034 1,557 2,033 1,879 2,206 2,242 Product development and engineering.......... 408 338 501 938 670 822 811 855 928 General and administrative....... 1,026 1,123 1,036 1,081 932 1,074 1,152 1,214 1,277 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ Total operating expenses............ 2,772 3,055 3,202 4,053 3,159 3,929 3,842 4,275 4,447 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ Income (loss) from operations............ (284) (602) (303) (543) 358 779 687 1,006 747 Interest income (expense), net........ 7 (24) (34) (5) (22) (28) (10) 10 15 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes...... (277) (626) (337) (548) 336 751 677 1,016 762 Provision (benefit) for income taxes.......... (109) (247) (133) (47) 142 318 287 430 305 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ Net income (loss)....... $ (168) $ (379) $ (204) $ (501) $ 194 $ 433 $ 390 $ 586 $ 457 ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== Earnings (loss) per share available to common stockholders(1)(2): Basic.................. $(0.10) $(0.20) $(0.12) $(0.25) $ 0.08 $ 0.19 $ 0.17 $ 0.27 $ 0.20 ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== Diluted................ $(0.10) $(0.20) $(0.12) $(0.25) $ 0.07 $ 0.17 $ 0.15 $ 0.23 $ 0.17 ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== Shares used in computing earnings (loss) per share available to common stockholders(2): Basic.................. 1,957 1,968 1,969 2,087 2,102 2,102 2,104 2,110 2,120 ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== Diluted................ 1,957 1,968 1,969 2,087 2,432 2,435 2,436 2,454 2,485 ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== |
(2) Shares used in computing diluted earnings (loss) per share available to common stockholders reflect the dilutive effect of all redeemable common stock.
The following table sets forth unaudited quarterly results of operations as a percentage of revenues for each of the nine quarters ended September 30, 1998.
THREE MONTHS ENDED -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SEPT. 30, DEC. 31, MAR. 30, JUNE 30, SEPT. 30, DEC. 31, MAR. 30, JUNE 30, SEPT. 30, 1996 1996 1997 1997 1997 1997 1998 1998 1998 --------- -------- -------- -------- --------- -------- -------- -------- --------- Revenues: Software licenses...... 29.5% 26.7% 26.5% 32.5% 26.3% 38.0% 33.6% 36.7% 42.9% Service and maintenance.......... 27.9 30.4 32.6 30.4 31.9 33.9 30.5 36.7 27.8 Equipment and supplies............. 42.6 42.9 40.9 37.1 41.8 28.1 35.9 26.6 29.3 ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- Total revenues........ 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 Cost of revenues: Software licenses...... 0.7 0.8 0.5 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.6 0.6 1.5 Service and maintenance.......... 18.6 22.1 18.5 17.0 14.0 15.8 14.2 14.6 13.6 Equipment and supplies ..................... 28.8 33.7 28.2 25.5 27.2 20.4 24.5 19.0 20.8 ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- Total cost of revenues............ 48.1 56.6 47.2 43.3 42.0 37.1 39.3 34.2 35.9 ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- Gross profit............ 51.9 43.4 52.8 56.7 58.0 62.9 60.7 65.8 64.1 Operating expenses: Sales and marketing.... 27.9 28.2 30.3 32.9 25.7 27.2 25.2 27.5 27.7 Product development and engineering.......... 8.5 6.0 9.1 15.1 11.0 11.0 10.9 10.7 11.4 General and administrative....... 21.4 19.9 18.9 17.5 15.4 14.3 15.4 15.0 15.8 ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- Total operating expenses............ 57.8 54.1 58.3 65.5 52.1 52.5 51.5 53.2 54.9 ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- Income (loss) from operations............ (5.9) (10.7) (5.5) (8.8) 5.9 10.4 9.2 12.6 9.2 Interest income (expense), net........ 0.1 (0.4) (0.6) (0.1) (0.4) (0.4) (0.1) 0.1 0.2 ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- Income (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes...... (5.8) (11.1) (6.1) (8.9) 5.5 10.0 9.1 12.7 9.4 Provision (benefit) for income taxes.......... (2.3) (4.4) (2.4) (0.8) 2.3 4.2 3.9 5.4 3.8 ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- Net income (loss)....... (3.5)% (6.7)% (3.7)% (8.1)% 3.2% 5.8% 5.2% 7.3% 5.6% ===== ===== ===== ===== ===== ===== ===== ===== ===== |
Revenues
The Company has experienced year-to-year growth with seasonal fluctuations in revenues and earnings. During the Company's second fiscal quarter ended December 31, revenues have typically increased as customers on a calendar-based fiscal year completed their capital spending plans. During the Company's third fiscal quarter ended March 31, revenues have typically declined as customers focus internal resources on statutory and regulatory reporting requirements. The Company's fourth fiscal quarter ended June 30, generally has the largest revenues as customers complete projects before summer, when activity in many corporate financial departments tends to slow, which can result in a difference between fourth and first quarter revenues.
Revenues decreased by $100,000 to $6.1 million during the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1997 from $6.2 million during the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1997. The decrease was consistent with seasonal trends for revenues. Equipment and supplies sales increased by $200,000 to $2.5 million during the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1997 from $2.3 million during the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1997. The increase was due primarily to orders for new third-party printers and related toners. Equipment and supplies sales as a percent of total revenues decreased in subsequent quarters as printer orders stabilized.
Cost of Revenues
During the four quarters of fiscal year 1997, the Company experienced a
significant problem with a third-party printer it had been reselling. The
printer problem had a material adverse effect on operating results, including:
(i) increased customer support expenses incurred in receiving, investigating
and responding to printer-related issues, (ii) increased service, maintenance
and supply expenses incurred in repairing and, in some cases, replacing the
defective printers, (iii) a decrease in orders from both new and existing
customers as
printer problems adversely affected sales productivity and (iv) inventory write-offs of $217,000 related to the defective printers. The Company has since established a product qualification process and periodic quality inspections. In addition, the Company has revised and enhanced its quality assurance programs.
Operating Expenses
Sales and marketing expenses increased by $300,000 to $2.0 million in the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1997 from $1.7 million in the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1997. The increase was due primarily to commission expenses generated from increased sales of PayBase and related services, which had a higher average commission payment rate. Additionally, marketing expenses increased as the Company promoted a new third-party laser printer.
Product development and engineering expenses increased by $437,000 to $938,000 in the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1997 from $501,000 in the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1997. The increase was due primarily to additional amortization of certain acquired software costs charged to operations.
Sales and marketing expenses increased by $400,000 to $2.0 million in the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 1997 from $1.6 million in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1997. The increase was due primarily to commission expenses generated from increased sales of PayBase and related professional services, which carried higher commission payment rates.
In addition to seasonal fluctuations, the Company's quarterly results of operations may be subject to significant fluctuations due to several factors, including the size, timing and number of customer orders; product and price competition; the loss of key employees and the time required to train new hires, particularly sales and engineering personnel; timing of new product introductions and enhancements; sales, implementation and budget cycles of the Company's customers; the number of business days in a particular period; market acceptance of new products or product enhancements by either the Company or its competitors; the incurrence of costs relating to possible acquisitions of technology or businesses; the Company's ability to address new and related market opportunities; the mix of license and maintenance revenue in any period; general economic conditions; and other factors. The Company anticipates that its operating expenses will continue to increase significantly. If the Company's sales in any quarter do not increase correspondingly, the Company's results of operations for that quarter would be materially adversely affected. For the foregoing reasons, the Company believes that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of the Company's results of operations are not necessarily meaningful and that the Company's results of operations in any particular quarter should not be relied upon as necessarily indicative of future performance. Moreover, for the foregoing reasons, there can be no assurance that the profitability attained in the last fiscal year will continue.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
The Company has financed its operations primarily from cash provided by operating activities, the sale of common stock and bank credit facilities for leasehold improvements and working capital. The Company had net working capital of $4.1 million at September 30, 1998, including cash and cash equivalents totaling $1.5 million.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $588,000 in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1998. Net cash provided by operating activities during the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1998 was primarily the result of net income and increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses, partially offset by increases in accounts receivable and prepaid expenses. Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities was $2.6 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998, ($668,000) in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 and $820,000 in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996. Net cash provided by operating activities during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 and the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996 was primarily the result of net income and increases in deferred revenues partially offset by increases in accounts receivable. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997, net cash used in operations was primarily the result of net losses, an increase in accounts receivable and refundable income taxes partially offset by increases in deferred revenues, accounts payable and accrued expenses.
Net cash used in investing activities was $434,000 in the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 1998. Cash was used during this period to acquire computer equipment and software for internal use. Net cash used in investing activities was $993,000 in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998, $694,000 in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 and $469,000 in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996. Cash was used during these periods to acquire property and equipment and for software development costs. The Company currently has no significant capital spending or purchase commitments, but expects to continue to engage in capital spending in the ordinary course of business. During fiscal year 1998, the Company expensed as incurred all software development costs.
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities was ($1.1) million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998, $1.1 million in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 and $98,000 in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996. Net cash used in financing activities during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 primarily represented repayment of indebtedness. Net cash provided by financing activities during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997 primarily represented borrowings under the Company's revolving credit agreement.
In December 1997, the Company renewed its revolving credit agreement with a bank which provides for borrowings of up to $4.0 million. Borrowings under the Company's revolving credit agreement bear interest at the bank's prime rate, are due on demand and are secured by substantially all of the Company's assets. As of September 30, 1998, the Company had no outstanding balances under its revolving credit agreement, which expires on December 30, 1998.
The Company believes that the proceeds generated by the sale of common stock by the Company in this offering, cash generated from operations and cash and cash equivalents on hand, will be sufficient to meet the Company's working capital requirements for the foreseeable future.
YEAR 2000 CONSIDERATIONS
The Company has assessed its internal systems and its currently supported products, including tools, equipment and software provided by others, for possible problems in processing, reporting, displaying, functioning with and otherwise handling date data containing the year 2000 and beyond. The Company is in the process of formulating contingency plans in the event that it is unsuccessful in implementing its plans to make all of its systems, facilities and currently supported products Year 2000 ready. The Company believes that all of its products installed after February 1997 were Year 2000 ready at the time of installation. The Company has expensed amounts incurred as of June 30, 1998 to make its products Year 2000 ready. Such amounts have not been material. The additional costs to make all such remaining systems and products Year 2000 ready by mid-1999 will be expensed as incurred and are not expected to be material.
Notwithstanding Bottomline's efforts, any of its internal systems and facilities and any of the products the Company supplies to customers could have undetected Year 2000 problems. In addition, customers using previous generations of Bottomline's products may assert claims against the Company because of the failure of its products to meet Year 2000 requirements. Any failure by the Company to make Year 2000 ready its internal systems and facilities could cause significant operational problems for the Company. Further, Bottomline's failure to timely provide adequate resources to correct identified Year 2000 problems in its currently supported products could result in claims by or liability to customers, which may have a material adverse effect on Bottomline's business, operating results and financial condition. Failure of third-party software and equipment incorporated in the Company's currently supported products to be Year 2000 ready could require Bottomline to incur unanticipated expenses to remedy Year 2000 problems, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, operating results and financial condition. Furthermore, the purchasing patterns of Bottomline's customers or potential customers may be affected by Year 2000 issues because they may be required to expend significant resources on Year 2000 compliance, rather than investing in new software solutions or services such as those offered by the Company, which could have a material adverse effect on Bottomline's business, operating results and financial condition.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
In October 1997, the ACSEC of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued SOP 97-2, which the Company adopted on July 1, 1998. SOP 97- 2 requires, among other things, that revenue should be recognized when there is persuasive evidence of an existing agreement, delivery has occurred, the fees charged are fixed or determinable and collectibility is probable. Additionally, SOP 97-2 provides that for those arrangements which consist of multiple elements such as services, software, software upgrades, enhancements and post- contract support, the fees charged must be allocated to each element of the arrangement based upon vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value, which is to be determined based upon the price charged when the element is sold separately or the price for the element established by management with relevant authority. The Company believes that SOP 97-2 will not have a material adverse effect on its future operating results.
BUSINESS
The Company is a leading provider of enterprise-wide payment solutions. Our software and services enable organizations to transition from the traditional paper check process to electronic payments and to facilitate electronic commerce. We provide a single platform to control, manage and issue all payments. Our software complements and integrates with existing corporate payment applications, such as accounts payable, payroll, travel and entertainment expense, insurance claims and commissions. Our products provide Internet capability and run on Windows NT technology. Today, we have more than 2,000 customers, representing every major industry-sector, including The Charles Schwab Corporation, Dow Jones & Company, Inc., Harvard University, Microsoft Corporation and Nissan Motor Acceptance Corporation.
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
Most enterprises today still rely on pre-printed, paper checks to generate and receive payments. It is estimated that in 1997, United States businesses issued or received paper checks in approximately 73 billion transactions. With the significant growth of the Internet and electronic commerce, many enterprises are seeking to implement a cost-effective, secure, electronic payment system. NACHA estimates that the cost of a business-to-business electronic payment averages $3.00 per payment compared to $8.33 for a similar paper-based payment. NACHA estimates that approximately 4.4 billion ACH payments were made in 1997, an increase of approximately 430% since 1991.
Paper Payment Process
Traditional Check Printing. Most businesses today rely primarily on checks to make and receive payments. They typically use pre-printed checks, which are blank, legally negotiable instruments that must be securely stored, controlled and accounted for with physical audits. These checks are either manually completed or, more frequently, mechanically generated in batches and put through an impact printer. The checks are then: (i) signed by a signing machine that contains the company's signature plates, (ii) sorted by a decolator machine, which separates the checks from their copies and (iii) run through a burster machine, which separates batch run checks along their perforated lines. After they are manually or mechanically stuffed into envelopes for mailing, the copies are collated and delivered to the appropriate departments for filing and record updating. Breakdowns along the processing line can be costly and time consuming. Damaged checks must be voided, filed and recorded for auditing purposes and replacements must be issued.
When an enterprise receives a check, either through a lockbox (a third party depositing service) or directly, the check must often be physically separated from the check stub. The stub, which contains detailed payment information, is forwarded to accounts receivable for data entry and payment record reconciliation. Because many payments cover multiple invoices or billings that may contain discounts, offsets or other adjustments, the reconciliation process is labor intensive and often results in many internal and external payment inquiries. After reconciliation, the check is processed as part of a bank deposit and continues through the banking system to the payor's bank. NACHA estimates that as many as 10 sets of hands touch each paper check that enters the banking system.
Laser Check Printing. The inefficiencies and opportunity for fraud inherent in traditional check printing has caused many enterprises to acquire software- based laser check printing systems to generate checks. As with printed checks, the process begins with the creation of initial payment information, including payee, payment amount and invoice reference. The software takes that information, merges it with permanently stored data used to create printed checks, such as bank information, check design and layout, signatures and logos, and automatically generates checks on a high-speed laser printer. The system can also include a MICR line on the checks to facilitate their subsequent processing. A laser-printed check is manually or mechanically stuffed into an envelope for mailing and then continues through the same receipt and disbursement process as a pre-printed check.
Electronic Payment Process
The electronic payment process also begins with the creation of payment data. The most basic electronic payment, an ACH transaction, such as a direct deposit payroll transaction, consists of NACHA formatted data that includes the necessary information to effect the transfer of funds from one account to another, such as the payor and payee's bank accounts, settlement date and dollar amount. Basic ACH transactions do not include financial EDI, which consists of payment-related details about the purpose of the payment, such as a listing of all the invoices to be credited in connection with the payment. The batched ACH and financial EDI transactions are then transmitted to the payor's bank. The data is then merged with other electronic payment transactions and sent through the Federal Reserve System's ACH system, ultimately arriving at the payee bank, where appropriate credits are made electronically to the payee's accounts. The receiving bank then transmits payment notification and remittance information to the payee. The Federal Reserve System and participating banks maintain the computer and network infrastructure needed to transmit these electronic payments.
The following graphic depicts the traditional check process, laser check process and electronic payment process:
[THIS GRAPHIC DEPICTS AND COMPARES THE PROCESS OF ISSUING A PAYMENT
USING TRADITIONAL PRE-PRINTED CHECK STOCK, LASER PRINTED CHECKS AND ELECTRONIC PAYMENTS. FOR EACH PROCESS, ICONS DEPICT THE PAYMENT PROCESS STEPS IN CHRONOLOGICAL ORDER.]
Comparison of Payment Processes
Laser-printed checks are less expensive to generate than pre-printed checks due to reduced printing, processing and labor costs. Electronic payments further reduce printing, processing and labor costs as well as costs associated with mailing, "float" (the time between issuance and clearance of a check), fraud, error and paper-related payment inquiries. Electronic payments provide enterprises with the opportunity for improved cash management, the flexibility to make instantaneous payments and the ability to distribute and make payments at remote offices.
The competitive benefits of electronic payments as well as government and trading partner mandates are accelerating the transition to electronic payments from paper-based payments. The United States Treasury
conducted a study comparing electronic payments to paper payments sent by the government and found that 58% of the 857 million payments made by the federal government in 1997 were electronic payment transfers. Results of the study also showed the following:
. the average cost per transaction was 22.5 times less for electronic payments than for paper-based payments;
. the payment inquiry rate was 32 times less for electronic payments than for paper-based payments and the average time to resolve an inquiry for an electronic payment was 24 hours, compared to 14 days for paper-based payments; and
. there were no incidences of forgery involving electronic payments while 63,000 incidences of forgery were reported involving paper-based payments.
CURRENT INDUSTRY TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS
Growth of the Internet and electronic commerce. The Internet and electronic commerce are expanding dramatically. Forrester Research, Inc. estimates the total value of goods and services traded between companies over the Internet will increase from $8 billion in 1997 to $327 billion in 2002. This growth has created a need for secure, electronic payment management solutions that can support the conduct of commerce without resorting to the use of paper at the most critical stage--generating and evidencing payments. NACHA estimates that the number of electronic payments processed through the ACH network grew by approximately 600% during the six-year period from 1991 to 1997.
Increase in cost-based competition. Enterprises are increasingly seeking cost-based solutions in all facets of their organizations in order to remain competitive. Laser-printed checks reduce an enterprise's printing, processing and labor costs and electronic payments provide additional cost savings and operational efficiencies through reduced costs associated with mailing, float, fraud, error and paper-related inquiries. NACHA estimates that the costs of a business-to-business electronic payment average $3.00 per payment compared to $8.33 for a similar paper-based payment.
Ongoing changes in regulation of payments. Enterprises are increasingly subject to both federal and state regulation mandating the use of electronic payments. The Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996 ("EFT '99") requires federal agencies to convert federal payments (other than payments under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) made by paper checks to electronic payments by January 1, 1999. The Internal Revenue Service has indicated that by January 1, 1999, it plans to have phased-in a requirement that certain companies owing federal depository taxes in excess of $50,000 prior to 1997 pay such taxes electronically. Recently, NACHA required financial EDI capabilities for the 12,000 banks participating in its network. In addition, as of September 1998, 47 of the 50 states had programs in place to accept electronic payments.
Adoption of third-party, enterprise-wide solutions. Enterprises are increasingly seeking integrated, enterprise-wide solutions that provide competitive advantages through increased data access and automation. This trend has been accelerated by the shortage of qualified technical personnel, increased allocation of staff resources to Year 2000 problems and the competitive need to rapidly adopt new technologies. This trend is illustrated by widespread adoption in recent years of enterprise resource planning ("ERP") systems offered by companies such as SAP and Baan to manage operations across enterprises. To expand from a department level to an enterprise-wide solution, enterprises are increasingly looking to third-party suppliers with expertise in replacing and/or integrating their aging payment management systems.
Migration to distributed computing. In recent years, enterprises have adopted distributed computing systems that offer computing power and business solutions at the point of need, as well as remote access capabilities such as through the Internet and intranets. These systems have been deployed to enable individual users to access enterprise databases. Advances in network management technologies, such as Windows NT, have further accelerated this trend. Companies purchasing distributed computing software systems require that
they conform to corporate computing standards, including databases such as Microsoft SQL Server, Oracle, Sybase, IBM DB2 and Informix.
Need for increased security. Advances in scanner, copier and desktop publishing technology have resulted in increased check forgery, counterfeiting and misappropriation and an increased demand for secure payment solutions. Enterprises are seeking to lower the estimated $12 billion annual cost of both internal and external check fraud through implementation of process and data security and audit functions. In particular, enterprises are demanding centralized control over the form, initiation and authorization of their payments throughout a distributed environment.
MARKET OPPORTUNITY
Enterprises are seeking a third-party payment management solution that enables them to cost-effectively respond to the significant growth in electronic commerce, increased fraud and on-going changes in the regulation of payments and migrate to distributed computing. Traditional paper-based payment systems lack the flexibility to cost-effectively handle the growth in electronic commerce and the ability to integrate disparate payment and paper- related management functions. Most companies, even those with ERP systems, have multiple payment issuing systems in different departments and, therefore, lack a single view of all payment activity. Although laser-printing check systems provide some flexibility improvements and cost savings, they cannot match the transmission and receipt advantages of electronic payment solutions. Increasingly, enterprises are seeking to implement a cost-effective, secure, scaleable, electronic-payments platform that accommodates electronic and paper- based payments across an enterprise.
THE BOTTOMLINE SOLUTION
Our PayBase product suite is designed to provide a single platform to control, manage and issue all payments, whether paper-based or electronic, across an enterprise. Our software modules permit customers to leverage the flexibility of the Internet while increasing security and fraud avoidance. Our technology complements our customers' existing information systems and payment applications. We provide multiple options for delivery of detailed payment or remittance information including via the Internet. Our LaserCheck offering is a cost-effective, software-based, laser-printing system that allows an enterprise to streamline its paper payment process and to generate checks at the point of need. We also offer consulting services and related equipment and supplies to help customers plan, design and implement the transition from paper to electronic payments.
The Company's PayBase product suite offers customers the following benefits:
. Internet/intranets remote access capability. Bottomline's PayBase product suite provides users with a secure, convenient means to remotely access and transmit payment information. PayBase enables enterprises to manage and control payments through the Internet and intranets. PayBase provides users with a secure, convenient means to remotely access and transmit payment information.
. Flexible, dual payment process. Bottomline's PayBase product suite has been designed to provide customers with a single platform that permits both paper and electronic payments. PayBase's dual payment capacity gives enterprises the flexibility to manage the transition to electronic payments at a pace compatible with the needs of their customers and business partners as they evolve in response to market demands and government mandates. Bottomline has one allowed United States patent application relating to certain security aspects of its dual payment process.
. Enterprise-wide payment control. Bottomline's PayBase product suite offers enterprises a centralized payment control and management system while allowing users to make payments at the point of need. PayBase records all payments, transactions and events in a central database, which improves cash management, control of disbursement and receipt functions and audit capabilities. In addition, Bottomline's PayBase payment control capabilities permit enterprises to readily outsource payment management functions to banks or other third-party suppliers.
. Cost-effective payment solution. Bottomline's PayBase product suite provides operational efficiencies that reduce staffing, mailing, processing and auditing costs as well as costs associated with float, risk of error, fraud and fraud related inquiries. PayBase is designed to be easy to use and implement and requires only limited commitment of an enterprise's resources to achieve operational efficiencies.
. Open and scaleable technology. Bottomline's PayBase product suite runs on one or more application servers using industry standard Unix or Windows NT operating systems and database servers such as Microsoft SQL Server, Oracle, Sybase, IBM DB2 Universal Server and Informix. PayBase's flexible design provides an enterprise with a scaleable solution to meet growing needs and to manage the migration from a department-wide to an enterprise- wide, distributed network payment system.
. Enhanced security and fraud protection. Bottomline's PayBase product suite reduces the risk of fraud through a secure, encrypted database and control of all payment and operator activity. In addition, PayBase can automatically send a file of all checks issued instantaneously to the payor's bank, enabling banks to quickly isolate fraudulent or incorrect checks and to evaluate questionable payments. For its laser-printing process, LaserCheck uses blank paper that is non-negotiable until it is printed and can use specialized MICR printers for additional security.
STRATEGY
Bottomline's objective is to be the leading provider of comprehensive, enterprise-wide payment management solutions. Key elements of Bottomline's strategy include the following:
. Further penetrate customer base. The Company intends to further penetrate
its customer base, which the Company believes is only in the early stages
of implementing electronic payment solutions. Additional sales
opportunities to Bottomline's existing customers include: (i) expanding
department level installations to encompass an enterprise's entire payment
system, (ii) selling complementary payment capabilities through sales of
additional software modules (such as electronic payment and receipt
creation or check fraud avoidance), (iii) introducing software upgrades and
(iv) marketing new products. The Company also seeks to generate additional
revenues from its customer base by providing maintenance and support
services and sales of supplies.
. Expand customer base. The Company intends to expand its broad customer base through: (i) enhancing its direct sales force to market to large enterprises, (ii) increasing indirect sales channels, (iii) targeting sales opportunities with financial institutions by leveraging its experience and industry recognition as the developer of FedEDI, the Federal Reserve System's financial EDI software solution, (iv) developing additional marketing partnerships and (v) pursuing strategic acquisitions.
. Expand and leverage strategic relationships. Bottomline intends to expand and leverage its relationships with business partners who play a key role in the sales, marketing and distribution of its products. The Company plans to expand sales through strategic alliances with technology providers and financial institutions, and through existing reseller relationships with companies such as Moore Corporation and John H. Harland Company. Bottomline also intends to expand its relationships with enterprise resource planning and accounting system vendors, such as Oracle and SAP, and with consulting firms that assist companies with the implementation of Bottomline's products. For example, Bottomline recently entered into a working agreement with Arthur Andersen LLP under which Arthur Andersen LLP will work with the Company to develop a marketing program and to utilize the enterprise consulting experience of Arthur Andersen LLP to demonstrate the benefits of migrating to Bottomline's enterprise-wide PayBase/32/ payment solution.
. Develop new products and technologies. Bottomline intends to develop new products and technologies which leverage its existing offerings and customer base. To capitalize on the growth of the Internet and electronic commerce and changes in payment technologies and practices, Bottomline employs professionals who are skilled in the complex environments of electronic commerce, financial EDI and banking and payment systems. Furthermore, Bottomline's technical staff is experienced in the latest
database, networking and software development tools, technologies and methodologies. Bottomline intends to leverage this combination of business expertise and technical knowledge to deliver new products and technologies.
. Expand international capabilities. Bottomline intends to enhance its products with additional functionality to expand their use in international markets. Bottomline believes that this will enable it to better accommodate existing and future customer needs. Current initiatives include extending check-printing capabilities to accommodate multiple language print output, multiple currency print requirements, and international MICR fonts.
. Pursue strategic acquisitions. Bottomline intends to pursue strategic acquisitions that would provide additional product or service offerings, additional industry expertise, a broader client base or an expanded geographic presence.
PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
Bottomline's suite of fully integrated modular software products enable
enterprises to control, manage and issue all payments, whether paper-based or
electronic across an enterprise. Bottomline's products operate on four server
platforms to correspond to customer needs and infrastructure requirements:
PayBase/32/ Workstation Server, PayBase/32/ Enterprise Server, PayBase/16/
Workstation Server and PayBase/16/ Enterprise Server. The PayBase/32/ and
PayBase/16/ Workstation servers operate in a departmental environment and the
PayBase/32/ and PayBase/16/ Enterprise servers operate in an enterprise-wide
environment. Bottomline also offers complementary add-on functionality software
products that customers can select according to their specific needs, as well
as hardware to complement its software product offerings. The Company's
software solutions are further enhanced by a comprehensive and experienced
consulting service and support system. These consultants help customers to
plan, design, implement and manage an enterprise's transition from paper to
electronic payments and to enhance operational productivity and customer
satisfaction.
The following graph depicts the different payment options for PayBase:
[THIS GRAPHIC IS A HORIZONTAL FLOW CHART WHICH SHOWS THE FUNDAMENTAL
PAYMENT FUNCTIONS THE PAYBASE/32/ PRODUCT SUITE CAN PERFORM. ON THE LEFT SIDE OF THE GRAPHIC ARE THE VARIOUS ENTERPRISE APPLICATIONS WHICH GENERATE PAYMENTS, INCLUDING PAYROLL, TRAVEL AND ENTERTAINMENT, PAYABLES AND COMMISSIONS. STARTING WITH THE ENTERPRISE APPLICATION WHICH GENERATES THE PAYMENT, THE GRAPH SHOWS THE ALTERNATE ROUTES THE PAYMENT COULD TAKE TO COMPLETION, EITHER A LASER GENERATED PAPER CHECK WITH PAPER REMITTANCE ADVICE, OR AN ELECTRONIC PAYMENT, IN VARYING FORMATS, WITH REMITTANCE ADVISE BY MAIL, FAX OR INTERNET.]
PAYBASE/32/ PRODUCTS
Bottomline's PayBase/32/ provides a single platform to control, manage and issue all payments across an enterprise. PayBase/32/ supports the following:
Electronically Sent Payments ("ESP") Module. The Company's PayBase/32/ ESP module allows users to create electronic payments, facilitating the transition from paper checks to electronic funds transfers. This module permits users to create standard files that meet NACHA standards and other financial EDI protocols, and to transmit those files to their banks. The PayBase ESP module can also create electronic tax payments in the formats designated by federal and state governments. With the PayBase ESP module, users can process payment instructions received from an external database, such as payroll or accounts receivable. When installed with Bottomline's LaserCheck printing software module, PayBase can create both electronic payments and checks during the same payment run.
Bottomline also offers electronic payment receipt functionality as part of the ESP module. This functionality allows users to automatically post financial EDI remittance information to the user's accounts receivable system. Electronic payment receipt functionality eliminates the need for manually entering information into accounting ledgers, saving time and preventing mistakes.
Electronic Remittance Advice Delivery System ("ERADS") Module. The Company's PayBase/32/ ERADS module allows an enterprise to convert to electronic payments immediately and to deliver the remittance detail by fax, e-mail, value-added network or the Internet, depending on the technology capabilities of its payees. This module can be used for payments to individuals (e.g., travel reimbursements) and to enterprises (e.g., vendor payments). In an ERADS implementation, payments are sent via PayBase's ESP module through the secure ACH network. Bottomline's ERADS module automatically channels the remittance details to each payee by the appropriate media and the payee receives an electronic payment directly deposited into its bank account. Enterprises can realize cost efficiencies through reduced check printing or processing and the lower cost of transmitting remittance information electronically.
LaserCheck Module. Bottomline's PayBase/32/ LaserCheck module allows users to print checks (including all variable data, such as the microline, logos and signatures) on blank paper using a laser printer. This module can be deployed over the user's network or the Internet wherever it is needed, whether in a centralized printing facility, the controlling department (e.g., payroll) or in a remote location. With LaserCheck's CheckSort feature, users can sort checks to lower postage rates and produce copies in a specified order to simplify filing. LaserCheck also provides password protection, as well as hardware and software security features, and initiates printing of all checks, confirmation notices and reports.
Check Fraud Avoidance Module. The Company's Check Fraud Avoidance module allows users to automatically send a digital file of all checks issued to their bank. Most commercial banks employ a "Positive Pay" system that determines, when the check is presented to the bank, whether a bank customer has in fact issued it. A number of banks will only reimburse customers for check fraud losses if the customer uses Positive Pay. This module protects the user from having altered or unissued checks paid from their account and protects banks from fraudulent checks it receives from other institutions. The Check Fraud Avoidance software receives its data input from PayBase, but can also receive input from a non-PayBase system that uses printed checks.
Additional Key Features Included in PayBase/32/. The Company's PayBase/32/ also features the Report Generator, which gives users access to the PayBase/32/ audit database and creates personalized screens and print reports. These reports can be run automatically at the conclusion of an application run or at the request of the user and can satisfy certain auditing and record requirements. In addition, the Company's PayBase/32/ features DesignerPlus, which allows users to set up and integrate PayBase/32/ into their existing payment environment.
Complementary Add-On Functionality for PayBase/32/
Internet/intranet Access. The Internet or an intranet can be used to access the PayBase/32/ relational database. Accessing PayBase/32/ through the Internet or an intranet decreases inquiries to an enterprise's payment
department support, which is a major expense for an enterprise, improves customer service and provides access capabilities 24 hours a day, 365 days per year.
Internet Manual Payment Entry ("IMPE"). Bottomline offers IMPE functionality, which allows businesses to use the Internet or an intranet to request payments from remote sites, including remote locations that are not linked together by a corporate network. IMPE uses a web browser to activate an applet, which provides a data entry screen for entry of the payment information. The payment request is then transmitted over the Internet or an intranet to the corporate PayBase/32/ system. If the payment is in check form, PayBase/32/ can create an encrypted print stream and send it over the Internet or an intranet to the originating location where the authorized user can release the file to a local printer.
PayBase/32/ for Value Added Banks. Bottomline's PayBase/32/ enables companies to outsource payment processing to banks. The PayBase/32/ software can be installed at either the company or the bank. When installed at the company, PayBase/32/ formats and transmits payment information according to the bank's requirements. The bank uses its systems to create checks or electronic payments. When installed at the bank, the company transmits unformatted payment information to the bank, where PayBase/32/ reformats the data into checks and electronic payments.
PAYBASE/16/ PRODUCTS
PayBase/16/ is designed as a payment solution for the 16-bit desktop environment. It operates on the Windows 3.X, Windows 95, Windows 98 and Windows NT operating systems. The primary application development language is Visual C++ and the software has been developed using object-oriented techniques.
PayBase/16/ supports the following modules: LaserCheck, Check Fraud Avoidance and Electronically Sent Payments. LaserCheck and Check Fraud Avoidance functions are controlled through a comprehensive set of security options. Transactions and payments are logged in the audit file accessible through a report generator that is part of the product suite. The LaserCheck module allows printing to locally attached printers. The optional Check Fraud Avoidance module stores check information in a MS-Access database and includes bundled communication software for transmitting positive pay files to the customer's bank. The ESP module is accessed through a tool bar on the PayBase/16/ main menu. The ESP module features independent security and audit tables as well as a separate report generator. File transmission can be executed with most third-party communication software packages.
PROFESSIONAL SERVICES
Bottomline's team of service professionals draws on extensive experience in electronic commerce and payment technologies to provide consulting services, project implementation and training services to Bottomline's clients. Consulting service professionals are available to review clients' current payment methods and processes, report findings, and recommend changes and solutions. Project implementation professionals are available to coordinate system installation, including check and electronic payment design, payment reporting format and delivery, bank data and communication requirements, signature and authority set up and security, audit and control procedures. The Company offers training services to all customer personnel involved in the payment cycle, including management, users and information technology personnel involved in the transition from paper-based payment methods to electronic payments. Bottomline maintains a fee-based Payment Technology Institute, which provides classes on trends in the payment industry, payment technology strategies and the Company's products.
EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
Bottomline offers consumable products needed for payment disbursements and check printing, including MICR toner and blank-paper check stock. The Company also provides printers and printer-related equipment, primarily through drop- ship arrangements with its hardware vendors, to enhance its software product offerings. Bottomline has reseller agreements with the two leading secure MICR printer manufacturers in the country, Troy Systems (using Hewlett Packard printers) and Source Technology (using Lexmark printers).
TECHNOLOGY
The Company's technology focus is on its advanced 32-bit payment processing software. PayBase/32/ has been designed using a client server architecture. The server platform supports open database connectivity (ODBC) compliant Unix and Windows NT databases. The server platform is the warehouse for information relating to the customer's payment solution including security tables, application form parameters and audit tables. The client workstation houses the PayBase/32/ executable programs. This design enables PayBase/32/ to be highly scaleable for both distributed and high volume centralized check printing, as well as electronic payment origination. The client workstation interacts with the database to ascertain authority, to retrieve information to create the form and to update the audit tables with transaction information and payment result information. Print output can be sent to any addressable network printer. The ESP and Check Fraud Avoidance modules are bundled with communication software that allows scripting of the data transmission. Transmission can be executed from any client workstation.
PayBase/32/ is designed to be network independent and can be implemented in leading network architectures, including Novell, Windows NT and TCP/IP. The product design creates predictable low volume network traffic in order to minimize the implementation concerns for corporate information technology. Installation of the product is highly automated using InstallShield. PayBase32 has been submitted and approved for the "Designed for BackOffice" logo from Microsoft, indicating it conforms to Microsoft standards for design and operation.
PayBase/32/ was developed as a high end Windows NT 32-bit application. Development methods conform to the latest Microsoft development specifications, including extensive use of MFC (Microsoft Foundation Classes) and the DCOM/COM ((Distributed) Component Object Model) standards. Components are designed as OLE (Object Linking and Embedding) Automation Servers for ease of future development and enhancement as well as interoperability. Web enabled components are written as ActiveX controls. The primary development tool is Visual C++.
The PayBase/32/ suite also includes PayBase/32/ DesignerPlus, a sophisticated proprietary data mapping and design tool. This tool is used to create sophisticated payment applications using multiple form designs and multiple payment methods, including all forms of electronic payments. It provides a proprietary mapping tool to transform any type of host data file into the format needed for efficient payment creation. The forms design function allows easy creation of paper output formats from checks to W-2 forms and includes design wizards to further automate the process. The data mapping and design are securely linked to the desired business payment process.
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND ENGINEERING
Bottomline's product development and engineering organization includes 41 persons. There are three primary development groups: software engineering, quality assurance and technical support. The Company spent $1.2 million in fiscal year 1996, $2.2 million in fiscal year 1997 and $3.2 million in fiscal year 1998 on product development and engineering costs.
The software engineering team averages over nine years of development experience per person and over seven years experience per person in payment systems design. The software engineers have substantial experience in 32-bit object-oriented development techniques as well as the complex processes of business payment systems. Members of the group have extensive experience in all areas of software design, including user interface standards, component object model standards and client server architecture. Bottomline engineers actively participate in the Microsoft Developer Network programs and maintain extensive knowledge of software development trends.
The quality assurance engineers have both extensive knowledge of Bottomline's products and expertise in software quality assurance techniques. Members of the quality assurance group make extensive use of
automated software testing tools to facilitate comprehensive and timely testing of products. The quality assurance group members participate on all beta release teams and provide initial training materials for customer support and service.
The technical support group provides all product documentation as well as technical support for released products. Members of the technical group include experienced technical writers, Bottomline business analysts and network analysts. The technical writers are versed in current document technology and work closely with the software engineers to ensure documentation is clear, current and complete. The technical support engineers are responsible for the analysis of reported software problems and work closely with customers and customer support staff. The group's broad knowledge of Bottomline products, operating systems, communications, and printers allows them to rapidly respond to software configuration needs.
CUSTOMERS
Bottomline's customer base includes over 2,000 companies in industries such as financial services, health care, communications, education, media, manufacturing and government. A partial list of Bottomline's customers follows:
ABM Industries Great Lakes Higher Services Corporation North Carolina Office Aetna Inc. of the State American HomePatient, Inc. Harvard University Controller Arthur Andersen LLP Hillsborough County Paradigm Health The Bank of New York Tax Collector's Office Corporation Company, Inc. Kaiser Permanente PMA Reinsurance Bankers Trust Corporation Lands' End, Inc. Corporation Bestfoods Liberty Corporation The Rouse Company The Charles Schwab CorporationMicrosoft Corporation Spencer Gifts, Inc. Dow Jones & Company, Inc. Nissan Motor Acceptance TeleBank Federal Reserve System Corporation The University of Chicago Operator of |
Laboratory
CASE STUDIES
Harvard University. Harvard University's accounts payable department began using Bottomline's LaserCheck system in 1992. In 1998, Harvard wanted to upgrade to an automated, electronic-payment system that could manage its account payables, which included vendor payments and staff reimbursements. Harvard upgraded to Bottomline's PayBase/32/ Enterprise Server in order (i) to port its existing Oracle financials applications, (ii) to provide an electronic path for both payments and remittance information from Concur Technologies' expense management software and (iii) to offer paper-based payments for recipients requesting them. Harvard uses the ESP module to send electronic expense reimbursement payments and uses the ERADS module to transmit remittance information by e-mail. As a result, Harvard has reduced its typical transaction cycle by several days while significantly reducing banking fees.
Federal Reserve System. EFT '99 requires federal agencies to convert federal payments (other than payments under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) made by paper checks to electronic payments by January 1, 1999. The payments must be made using the financial EDI format. In early 1997, it was determined that fewer than 1,000 of the 12,000 banks in the United States could process financial EDI transactions. In response, the Federal Reserve System published a request for a proposal seeking a solution that would allow banks to process financial EDI transactions. In March of 1998, the Federal Reserve System chose Bottomline to provide the necessary financial EDI translation software. This software, named FedEDI, is PC-based and available in both DOS and Windows NT versions. FedEDI supplements FedLine, the Federal Reserve System's electronic payment connection that processes all incoming and outgoing ACH files. FedEDI enables an increased number of banks and their customers to receive financial EDI formatted payments.
Nissan Motor Acceptance Corporation ("NMAC"). NMAC and its Infiniti Financial Services division provide $15 billion in consumer lease and loan financing for its customers, as well as wholesale inventory, mortgage, equipment and working capital financing for Nissan and Infiniti retailers. NMAC was seeking a payment platform that would: (i) be seamlessly integrated into its current GEAC Accounts Payable application; (ii) require minimum training efforts and be easy to use; (iii) be implemented quickly; (iv) provide a distributed check printing solution and a pathway to electronic payments capability; and (v) offer a secure Year 2000-compliant solution. In May 1998, NMAC implemented PayBase/32/ Enterprise Server to meet these requirements. The multi-site system installation enhanced competitiveness, allowing higher levels of service and responsiveness at the point of need. PayBase/32/ improved payment methods to customers for refunds, vendors for accounts payables and retailers for commissions.
Bestfoods. Bestfoods, with annual sales of approximately $8.4 billion, markets a broad array of leading consumer food brands, including Arnold, Entenmann's, Hellmann's, Knorr, Mazola, Skippy and Thomas'. Bestfoods operates approximately 115 plants world-wide and employs approximately 47,000 people. Bestfoods' payroll system for its 14,000 North American employees was outdated, expensive and error-prone. In 1996, Bestfoods originally selected Bottomline's PayBase/16/ Enterprise Server to manage and control its entire North American payroll process. In 1998, Bestfoods upgraded to the more powerful PayBase/32/ Enterprise Server to achieve better control, enhance back-office efficiencies and gain an even more efficient, reliable, employee payroll process. Bestfoods' corporate headquarters uses the PeopleSoft HRMS System to prepare the check data for payment. The LaserCheck system secures the check data, distributes it to 32 remote printer locations and prints nearly 20,000 payroll checks per month, complete with signatures, logos, custom forms and MICR lines.
SALES AND MARKETING
Sales
Bottomline employs 37 systems trained sales executives, 30 of whom are divided among six geographical markets and focus on sales to large and medium sized enterprises and seven of which focus exclusively on sales to large banks and financial institutions. Bottomline's systems trained sales executives are supported by eight systems engineers. In addition, a dedicated telephone-sales team markets new applications, software upgrades and additional services to Bottomline's existing customers. The Company also sells its products through reseller relationships with companies such as Moore Corporation and John H. Harland Company.
Marketing
Bottomline promotes its products and services through conferences, seminars, direct marketing and trade publications, as well as through relationships with enterprise resource planning and accounting system vendors, such as Oracle and SAP, and implementation consultants. Bottomline's marketing partners sponsor joint mailings and seminars and issue joint press releases with Bottomline, as well as advertising Bottomline on their web sites. Bottomline also maintains membership in key industry organizations such as Financial Services Technology Consortium, Microsoft Value Chain Initiative, American Bankers Association and various NACHA operating committees. In addition, the Company participates in industry conferences such as Treasury Management, NACHA, Payments, American Payroll Congress and National User Conferences of Software Partners. Bottomline also promotes brand awareness through its public relations program and by advertising in respected buying guides.
Arthur Andersen LLP Working Agreement
The Company recently entered into a working agreement with Arthur Andersen LLP. Under the working agreement, Arthur Andersen LLP will work with the Company to introduce the Company's PayBase/32/ solution to enterprises that would likely benefit from anticipated cost efficiencies and enhanced internal controls realized from PayBase/32/. The Company plans to utilize the enterprise consulting experience of Arthur Andersen LLP to
demonstrate to the users of the Company's departmental payment products the benefits of migrating to the Company's PayBase/32/ enterprise-wide payment solution. In October 1998, Arthur Andersen LLP also made an investment in the Company's common stock.
COMPETITION
The Company competes primarily with companies that offer a broad suite of electronic data interchange products, such as Sterling Commerce, companies that provide a broad spectrum of electronic payments solutions, such as CheckFree, and companies that offer laser check printing software and services. Bottomline competes to a lesser extent with providers of enterprise resource planning solutions, such as SAP and PeopleSoft, and providers of traditional payments products, including check stock and check printing software and services, such as Standard Register. In addition, the Company also experiences competition from its customers and potential customers who develop, implement and maintain their own payment solutions.
Bottomline believes it competes on a number of factors, including: (i) scope, quality and cost-effectiveness of its payment solutions, (ii) industry knowledge and expertise, (iii) interoperability of solutions with existing information technology and payments infrastructure, (iv) product performance and technical features, (v) patented and proprietary technologies and (vi) customer service and support. Although a number of the Company's competitors may be better positioned to compete in certain segments of the payments industry, the Company believes that its market position is enhanced by: (i) its ability to provide a single, scalable, open, dual payment platform that gives customers the flexibility to transition to electronic payments solutions while maintaining the ability to make paper-based payments using laser-printed checks, (ii) its relationships with its strategic partners, (iii) its large customer base and (iv) the level of payments-industry expertise of its development, sales and customer service and support professionals. Although Bottomline believes that it competes favorably in its industry, the market for payment management software is intensely competitive and characterized by rapid technological change and a number of factors could adversely affect the Company's ability to compete in the future. See "Risk Factors--Competition."
PROPRIETARY RIGHTS
Bottomline has one allowed United States patent application relating to certain security aspects of its dual payment process. However, there can be no assurance that the Company's allowed patent, or any other patents that may be issued in the future, will be of sufficient scope and strength to provide meaningful protection of the Company's technology or any commercial advantage to the Company, or that the patents will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented. In addition, Bottomline relies upon a combination of copyright and trademark laws and non-disclosure and other intellectual property contractual arrangements to protect its proprietary rights. Bottomline owns registered trademarks to "Bottomline Technologies," "CheckGard," "LaserCheck" and "PayBase." The Company also enters into agreements with its employees and clients, that seek to limit and protect the distribution of proprietary information. There can be no assurance that the steps Bottomline has taken to protect its property rights, however, will be adequate to deter misappropriation of proprietary information, and Bottomline may not be able to detect unauthorized use and take appropriate steps to enforce its intellectual proprietary rights. Although Bottomline believes that its products and services do not infringe upon the intellectual property rights of others and that it has all rights necessary to utilize the intellectual property employed in its business, Bottomline is subject to the risk of claims alleging infringement of third-party intellectual property rights. Any such claims could require Bottomline to spend significant sums in litigation, pay damages, delay product installments, develop non-infringing intellectual property or acquire licenses to intellectual property that is the subject of any such infringement. Therefore, such claims could have a material adverse effect on Bottomline's business, operating results and financial condition. See "Risk Factors-- Intellectual Property Rights."
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
Although the Company's operations have not been subject to any material industry-specific governmental regulation, some of the Company's existing and potential customers are subject to extensive federal and state
governmental regulations. In addition, governmental regulation in the financial services industry is evolving, particularly with respect to payment technology, and the Company's customers may become subject to increased regulation in the future. Accordingly, the Company's products and services must be designed to work within the regulatory constraints under which its customers operate.
EFT '99 requires that all federal payments (other than payments under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) made after January 1, 1999, must be made electronically. EFT '99 requires that the conversion from checks to electronic payments be made in two phases. During the first phase, recipients who became eligible to receive federal payments on or after July 26, 1996, were required to receive payments electronically unless they certified in writing that they did not have an account with a financial institution or an authorized payment agent. The second phase will begin on January 2, 1999. Beginning on that date, all federal payments, except payments under the Internal Revenue Code, must be made electronically.
In support of EFT '99, NACHA now requires that, upon the request of the receiver of an electronic payment, its bank must provide to each receiver all payment-related information contained within the transmitted remittance information. Banks must provide this information to their receivers by the opening of business on the second banking day following the settlement date of the entry.
Current treasury regulations require that a business that paid more than $50,000 in annual employment or other depository taxes in 1995, 1996 or 1997 begin to make such payments electronically on or before January 1, 1999, depending on the year in which the business first paid more than $50,000 in depository taxes. Non-complying taxpayers may be subject to a 10% penalty. In addition, state and local taxing authorities have been implementing electronic solutions for collecting tax payments. The electronic payment of certain taxes is required by law in states such as New York, California, Connecticut and Arkansas.
EMPLOYEES
As of September 30, 1998, Bottomline had a total of 235 employees. None of Bottomline's employees is represented by a labor union. Bottomline has not experienced any work stoppages and considers relations with its employees to be good.
FACILITIES
Bottomline currently leases approximately 32,000 square feet of space at its headquarters in Portsmouth, New Hampshire under a lease that expires in May 2002. The Company also maintains field sales offices in San Francisco, California; Chicago, Illinois; Englewood, Colorado; and New York, New York.
REPORTS TO STOCKHOLDERS
Upon the effective date of the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, Bottomline will become a reporting company. Thereafter, Bottomline intends to distribute to its stockholders annual reports containing audited financial statements.
MANAGEMENT
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND KEY EMPLOYEES
The executive officers, directors and key employees of the Company and their respective ages as of September 30, 1998 are as follows:
NAME AGE POSITION ---- --- -------- Daniel M. McGurl*......... 62 Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer Joseph L. Mullen*......... 46 Executive Vice President, Operations and Director Robert A. Eberle*......... 37 Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer James L. Loomis........... 48 Senior Executive Advisor and Director Joseph L. Barry, Jr. (1).. 65 Director Bruce E. Elmblad (1)(2)... 70 Director James W. Zilinski (1)..... 54 Director Leonard J. DiIuro, Jr..... 51 Executive Vice President, Sales John C. Insko............. 36 Vice President, Electronic Commerce and Finance Division Jonathan L. Smolowe....... 42 Vice President, Sales Philip P. Grannan......... 55 Vice President, Marketing Cleo A. O'Donnell III..... 44 Vice President, Development James V. McMullen, Jr..... 55 Vice President, Customer Support and Services Mark A. Attarian.......... 40 Vice President, Finance |
Daniel M. McGurl co-founded Bottomline in May 1989, and has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer of Bottomline since May 1989. From 1987 to 1989, Mr. McGurl served as Senior Vice President of State Street Bank and Trust Company. Prior to 1987, Mr. McGurl held a variety of positions at IBM Corporation, including Director of Marketing Planning and Director of Far East Operations.
Joseph L. Mullen has served as a director of Bottomline and Executive Vice President of Operations since July 1996, and served as Vice President of Sales and Marketing from July 1991 to July 1996. From 1977 to 1989, Mr. Mullen held a variety of positions at IBM Corporation, including Marketing Manager and Northeast Area Market Planning Manager.
Robert A. Eberle has served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Bottomline since September 1998. From December 1996 to September 1998, Mr. Eberle served as Executive Vice President of Telxon Corporation, a mobile computing and wireless data company, with primary responsibility for its Technical Subsidiaries Group. From August 1994 to December 1996, Mr. Eberle served as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Itronix Corporation, a designer and manufacturer of notebook and hand-held computers and then a subsidiary of Texlon Corporation, with primary responsibility for management of the company. From August 1993 to August 1994, Mr. Eberle served as Vice President of Corporate Development of Telxon Corporation, with primary responsibility for acquisitions, strategic relationships and its investment portfolio.
James L. Loomis co-founded Bottomline in May 1989, and has served as a director of Bottomline since May 1989. Since August 1998, Mr. Loomis has served as Senior Executive Advisor of Bottomline. From July 1996 to August 1998, Mr. Loomis served as Executive Vice President of Bottomline and from May 1989 to July 1996 Mr. Loomis served as Vice President and Treasurer. Prior to 1989, Mr. Loomis held a variety of positions with the Nashua Corporation, a manufacturer of imaging supply products, including Director of International Finance and treasurer of a foreign subsidiary.
Joseph L. Barry, Jr. has served as a director of Bottomline since June 1990. Since 1990, Mr. Barry has served as President of Hallmark Mechanical Corp., a machinery service company, and since 1956 as President of Hallamore Corp., a transportation and rigging company. Since 1975, Mr. Barry has served as Chairman of Northeast Concrete Products and since 1978 as Co-Chairman of New England Teamsters Pension Fund.
Bruce E. Elmblad has served as a director of Bottomline since August 1996. Since April 1994, Mr. Elmblad has served as President of Venture Investment Advisors, a venture capital advisory firm. From April 1990 to April 1994, Mr. Elmblad served as President of SED Management Co., Inc., an international venture capital management company. Mr. Elmblad is also a director of Antex Biologics Inc., a biopharmaceutical company.
James W. Zilinski has served as a director of Bottomline since August 1994. Since July 1995, Mr. Zilinski has served as President and Chief Executive Officer and a director of Berkshire Life Insurance Company, a life insurance company. From January 1994 to July 1995, Mr. Zilinski served as President of The BISYS Group, Inc., a provider of outsourcing services to financial institutions. From August 1993 to January 1994, Mr. Zilinski served as President of the Investment Services Group of The BISYS Group, Inc. Prior to 1993, Mr. Zilinski served as Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer of New England Mutual Life Insurance Company.
Leonard J. DiIuro, Jr. has served as Executive Vice President of Sales of Bottomline since July 1998, and served as Vice President of Business Development from July 1996 to July 1998. From July 1994 to July 1996, Mr. DiIuro served as Vice President of Strategic Alliances and Area Manager of Bottomline and from May 1993 to July 1994 as Vice President of Strategic Alliances. Prior to 1993, Mr. DiIuro held a variety of positions at IBM Corporation, including Business Unit Executive, Branch Manager and Area Marketing Planning Manager.
John C. Insko has served as Vice President of Electronic Commerce and Finance Division of Bottomline since July 1998. From May 1996 to July 1998, Mr. Insko served as Vice President of Marketing of Electronic Commerce of Bottomline. From July 1994 to May 1996, Mr. Insko served as Vice President of Marketing of CertiSoft Solutions, Inc., a developer of software applications which Bottomline acquired in 1996. From November 1984 to July 1994, Mr. Insko held a variety of positions at Colorado National Bank, including Assistant Vice President and Manager of Cash Management and Operations. From January 1993 to October 1998, Mr. Insko served as a director of NACHA and since 1993 as a President of the Board of Directors of Rocky Mountain Automated Clearing House Association.
Jonathan L. Smolowe has served as Vice President of Sales of Bottomline since July 1991. From July 1990 to July 1991, Mr. Smolowe served as Account Executive for Bottomline. Prior to 1990, Mr. Smolowe held various executive level positions at IBM, including Location Branch Manager and International Executive Briefing Center Manager.
Philip P. Grannan has served as Vice President of Marketing of Bottomline since May 1994. From June 1993 to May 1994, Mr. Grannan served as Manager of the Electronic Payment Software Division. From September 1992 to June 1993, Mr. Grannan served as Northeast Area Manager of the Company. Prior to 1992, Mr. Grannan served as an Account Executive of Bottomline.
Cleo A. O'Donnell III has served as Vice President of Development of Bottomline since June 1996. From October 1989 to June 1996, Mr. O'Donnell served as Manager of Information Technology of Arbella Mutual Insurance Company, a life insurance company, with primary responsibility for application development and network management. Prior to 1989, Mr. O'Donnell served as Project Manager of Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Massachusetts.
James V. McMullen, Jr. has served as Vice President of Customer Support and Services of Bottomline since July 1998. From September 1997 to July 1998, Mr. McMullen worked as an independent consultant to
the Company with primary responsibility for customer service and support. From November 1995 to September 1997, Mr. McMullen served as Vice President of Americas Customer Support for Lotus Development Corporation, a subsidiary of IBM Corporation, with primary responsibility for all post-sales technical support. From October 1989 to October 1995, Mr. McMullen served as the Director of Customer Support at Lotus Development Corporation with primary responsibility for technical support. Prior to 1989, Mr. McMullen held a variety of positions at IBM Corporation, including Systems Engineer Manager and Manager of Marketing and Support.
Mark A. Attarian has served as Vice President of Finance of Bottomline since September 1998. From February 1997 to September 1998, Mr. Attarian served as Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Bottomline. From October 1996 to January 1997, Mr. Attarian served as an independent financial consultant. From July 1994 to September 1996, Mr. Attarian served as Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Diatide, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. From October 1993 to June 1994, Mr. Attarian served as an independent financial consultant.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Pursuant to the First Amendment and Restatement of Stock Rights and Voting Agreement, as amended, dated as of March 31, 1992 among the Company and certain stockholders of the Company, such stockholders were granted the right (which terminates upon the closing of this offering) to designate representatives on the Company's Board of Directors. Under this agreement, Messrs. McGurl, Loomis and Barry were elected to the Board of Directors.
Following this offering, the Board of Directors of Bottomline will be divided into three staggered classes, each of whose members will serve for a three-year term. The Board will consist of two Class I Directors (Messrs. Barry and Elmblad), two Class II Directors (Messrs. Mullen and Zilinski) and two Class III Directors (Messrs. McGurl and Loomis). At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the directors of the same class whose terms are then expiring. The terms of the Class I Directors, Class II Directors and Class III Directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during calendar years 1999, 2000 and 2001, respectively.
Each officer serves at the discretion of the Board of Directors and holds office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of the directors or executive officers of Bottomline.
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
The Board of Directors has a Compensation Committee composed of Messrs. Barry and Elmblad, which makes recommendations concerning salaries and incentive compensation for employees of Bottomline and administers and grants stock options under Bottomline's stock option plans. The Board also has an Audit Committee composed of Messrs. Elmblad and Zilinski, which reviews the results and scope of the audit and other services provided by Bottomline's independent public auditors.
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
All of the directors are reimbursed for expenses incurred to attend Board of Directors and committee meetings. In addition, non-employee directors of Bottomline receive stock options under Bottomline's 1998 Director Stock Option Plan. See "Stock Plans--1998 Director Stock Option Plan."
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The following table sets forth the total compensation paid or accrued for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 for each person who was serving as an executive officer of Bottomline on June 30, 1998 (the "Named Executive Officers"):
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
LONG-TERM ANNUAL COMPENSATION COMPENSATION ---------------------------------- SECURITIES ALL OTHER NAME AND SALARY UNDERLYING COMPENSATION PRINCIPAL POSITION ($) BONUS ($) OPTIONS (1) ($)(2) ------------------ ---------- ----------------------- ------------ Daniel M. McGurl Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer.......... $ 172,333 $ 50,000 10,000 $1,680 Joseph L. Mullen Executive Vice President, Operations................. 144,375 62,966 10,000 2,158 Mark A. Attarian Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer(3)............... 125,000 20,000 -- 1,706 |
OPTION GRANTS DURING FISCAL 1998
The following table sets forth grants of stock options to each of the Named Executive Officers during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998.
INDIVIDUAL GRANTS ----------------------------------------------- POTENTIAL REALIZABLE VALUE AT ASSUMED NUMBER OF PERCENT OF ANNUAL RATES OF STOCK SECURITIES TOTAL OPTIONS PRICE APPRECIATION FOR UNDERLYING GRANTED TO EXERCISE OR OPTION TERM (1) OPTIONS EMPLOYEES IN BASE PRICE EXPIRATION ----------------------- NAME GRANTED FISCAL YEAR PER SHARE DATE 5% 10% ---- ---------- ------------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------- Daniel M. McGurl........ 10,000 5.0% $26.40 4/23/03 $ 42,308 $ 122,522 Joseph L. Mullen........ 10,000 5.0 24.00 4/23/08 150,935 382,498 Mark A. Attarian........ -- -- -- -- -- -- |
FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
The following table sets forth certain information concerning the number and value of unexercised options held by each of the Named Executive Officers on June 30, 1998. None of the Named Executive Officers exercised stock options in the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998.
NUMBER OF SHARES UNDERLYING VALUE OF UNEXERCISED UNEXERCISED OPTIONS IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT AT FISCAL YEAR-END FISCAL YEAR-END (1) --------------------------- ------------------------- NAME EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE ---- --------------------------- ----------- ------------- Daniel M. McGurl.......... -- 10,000 -- -- Joseph L. Mullen.......... -- 10,000 -- -- Mark A. Attarian.......... 5,882 19,118 $41,174 $133,826 |
STOCK PLANS
1998 Director Stock Option Plan
The Board of Directors adopted Bottomline's 1998 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (the "Director Plan") in November 1998, subject to stockholder approval. Under the Plan, directors of Bottomline who are not employees of Bottomline or any subsidiary of Bottomline receive non-statutory options to purchase shares of common stock. A total of 100,000 shares of common stock may be issued upon the exercise of options granted under the Director Plan.
Pursuant to the Director Plan, each non-employee director who first becomes a non-employee director after the closing of this offering will be granted an option to purchase 5,000 shares of common stock on the date of his or her initial election to the Board of Directors, which will vest ratably over four years on each anniversary of the date of grant. In addition, each non-employee director will receive an option to purchase 2,500 shares of common stock on the date of each annual meeting of stockholders commencing with the 1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (other than a director who was initially elected to the board of directors at any such annual meeting or, if previously, at any time after the prior year's annual meeting). The options granted annually vest upon the earlier of one year from the date of grant or the date immediately preceding the next annual meeting of stockholders, so long as the optionee remains a director of Bottomline. The exercise price per share of all such options will be the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant.
1989 Stock Option Plan and 1997 Stock Incentive Plan
Bottomline's 1989 Stock Option Plan (as amended, the "1989 Plan"), was adopted by the Board of Directors and approved by the stockholders of Bottomline in 1989. As of September 30, 1998, options to purchase an aggregate of 110,000 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $16.64 per share were outstanding under the 1989 Plan. No additional option grants will be made under the 1989 Plan.
Bottomline's 1997 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Incentive Plan") was adopted by the Board of Directors and the stockholders of Bottomline in August 1997. An amendment to the Incentive Plan in November 1998 increased the number of authorized shares, subject to stockholder approval, under the Incentive Plan to 900,000 shares of common stock. As of September 30, 1998, an aggregate of 261,000 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $25.43 per share were outstanding under the Incentive Plan and an aggregate of 639,000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance for future option grants.
The Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), non-statutory stock options, restricted stock awards and other stock-based awards (collectively, "Awards").
All officers, employees, directors, consultants and advisors of Bottomline and its subsidiaries are eligible to receive Awards under the Incentive Plan. Under present law, however, incentive stock options may only be granted to employees. No participant may receive an Award for more than 100,000 shares in any calendar year.
The Company may grant options at an exercise price less than, equal to or greater than the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. Under present law, incentive stock options and options intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code may not be granted at an exercise price less than the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant (or less than 110% of the fair market value in the case of incentive stock options granted to optionees holding more than 10% of the voting power of Bottomline). The Incentive Plan permits the Board of Directors to determine how optionees may pay the exercise price of their options, including by cash, check or in connection with a "cashless exercise" through a broker, by surrender to Bottomline of shares of common stock, by delivery to Bottomline of a promissory note, or by any combination of the permitted forms of payment.
The Board of Directors administers the Incentive Plan. The Board of Directors
has the authority to adopt, amend and repeal the administrative rules,
guidelines and practices relating to the Incentive Plan and to interpret its
provisions. It may delegate authority under the Incentive Plan to one or more
committees of the Board of Directors and, subject to certain limitations, to
one or more executive officers of Bottomline. The Board of Directors has
authorized the Compensation Committee to administer the Incentive Plan,
including the granting of options to executive officers. Subject to any
applicable limitations contained in the Incentive Plan, the Board of Directors,
the Compensation Committee or any other committee or executive officer to whom
the Board of Directors delegates authority, as the case may be, selects the
recipients of Awards and determines (i) the number of shares of common stock
covered by options and the dates upon which such options become exercisable,
(ii) the exercise price of options, (iii) the duration of options, and (iv) the
number of shares of common stock subject to any restricted stock or other
stock-based Awards and the terms and conditions of such Awards, including the
conditions for repurchase, issue price and repurchase price.
In the event of a merger, liquidation or other Acquisition Event (as defined in the Incentive Plan), the Board of Directors is authorized to provide for outstanding options or other stock-based Awards to be assumed or substituted for by the acquiror and to take certain other actions, including accelerating the vesting schedule of Awards.
No Award may be granted under the Incentive Plan after August 2007, but the vesting and effectiveness of Awards previously granted may extend beyond that date. The Board of Directors may at any time amend, suspend or terminate the Incentive Plan, except that no Award granted after an amendment of the Incentive Plan and designated as subject to Section 162(m) of the Code by the Board of Directors shall become exercisable, realizable or vested (to the extent such amendment was required to grant such Award) unless and until such amendment is approved by Bottomline's stockholders.
1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The Board of Directors adopted Bottomline's 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Purchase Plan") in November 1998, subject to stockholder approval. The Purchase Plan authorizes the issuance of up to a total of 250,000 shares of common stock to participating employees.
All employees of Bottomline, including directors of Bottomline who are employees, and all employees of any participating subsidiaries, whose customary employment is more than 20 hours per week for more than five months in any calendar year, are eligible to participate in the Purchase Plan. Employees who would immediately after the grant own 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of the stock of Bottomline or any subsidiary are not eligible to participate. As of September 30, 1998, approximately 226 of Bottomline's employees would have been eligible to participate in the Purchase Plan.
On the first day of a designated payroll deduction period (the "Offering Period"), Bottomline will grant to each eligible employee who has elected to participate in the Purchase Plan an option to purchase shares of
common stock as follows: the employee may authorize an amount (a whole
percentage from 1% to 10% of such employee's base pay) to be deducted by
Bottomline from such employee's base pay during the Offering Period. On the
last day of the Offering Period, the employee is deemed to have exercised the
option, at the option exercise price, to the extent of accumulated payroll
deductions. Under the terms of the Purchase Plan, the option price is an amount
equal to 85% of the average market price (as defined) per share of the common
stock on either the first day or the last day of the Offering Period, whichever
is lower. In no event may an employee purchase in any one Offering Period a
number of shares which exceeds the number of shares determined by dividing (a)
the product of $2,083 and the number of whole months in the Offering Period by
(b) the closing price of a share of common stock on the commencement date of
the Offering Period. The Compensation Committee may, in its discretion, choose
an Offering Period of 12 months or less for each Offering and may choose a
different Offering Period for each Offering.
An employee who is not a participant on the last day of the Offering Period is not entitled to exercise any option, and the employee's accumulated payroll deductions will be refunded. An employee's rights under the Purchase Plan terminate upon voluntary withdrawal from the Purchase Plan at any time, or when the employee ceases employment for any reason, except that upon termination of employment because of death, the employee's beneficiary has certain rights to elect to exercise the option to purchase the shares that the accumulated payroll deductions in the participant's account would purchase at the date of death.
Because participation in the Purchase Plan is voluntary, Bottomline cannot now determine the number of shares of common stock to be purchased by any particular current executive officer, by all current executive officers as a group or by non-executive employees as a group.
401(K) PLAN
Bottomline has a 401(k) salary reduction plan (the "401(k) Plan"), which is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Code. Generally, all employees are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan after they have completed three months of service.
Eligible employees electing to participate in the 401(k) Plan may defer a portion of their compensation, on a pre-tax basis, by making a contribution to the 401(k) Plan. The maximum contribution is fixed in Section 401(k) of the Code. The contribution limit for calendar year 1998 was $10,000. The Company may contribute a discretionary matching contribution, annually equal to 25% of each such participant's deferred compensation up to 5% of their annual compensation (in 1996, up to 20% of the first 3% for eligible employees' contributions). Eligible employees who elect to participate in the 401(k) Plan are generally vested in Bottomline's matching contribution according to the following schedule: three years of service--20%; four years of service--40%; five years of service--60%; six years of service--80%; seven years of service-- 100%. The Company contributed an aggregate of $14,000 in fiscal 1996, $26,000 in fiscal 1997 and $98,000 in fiscal 1998 to the 401(k) Plan.
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
The Company entered into an employment agreement with each of Messrs. McGurl, Mullen and Eberle (the "Executive Agreements"). The provisions of each Executive Agreement are substantially the same. The term of each Executive Agreement is the greater of 36 months or 24 months after a Change in Control of the Company (as defined). If the employee's employment is terminated either by the employee as a result of an Involuntary Termination (as defined) or by the Company without Cause (as defined), then all outstanding options held by the employee would become immediately exercisable in full (this provision does not become effective until November 2000 with respect to Messrs. McGurl and Mullen) and the employee would be entitled to receive a lump sum payment and continuation of benefits for a period of 12 months, in the case of Messrs. Eberle and Mullen, and for a period of 24 months in the case of Mr. McGurl. In the case of Messrs. Mullen and Eberle, the lump sum payment would equal one year's salary plus the maximum amount of bonus they were eligible to earn in the then current year. In the case of Mr. McGurl, the lump sum payment would
equal two times the sum of his then annual salary plus the maximum amount of
bonus he was eligible to earn in the then current year. If the employee's
employment is terminated upon or after a Potential Change in Control of the
Company (as defined) by the employee as a result of an Involuntary Termination
or by the Company without Cause, all then outstanding options held by the
employee would become immediately exercisable (this provision does not become
effective until November 2000 with respect to Messrs. McGurl and Mullen) in
full and the employee would be entitled to receive a lump sum payment and
continuation of benefits for a period of 24 months. In the case of each of
Messrs. Mullen and Eberle, the lump sum payment would equal two times the sum
of his then annual salary plus the maximum amount of bonus he was eligible to
earn in the then current year. In the case of Mr. McGurl, the lump sum payment
would equal three times the sum of his then annual salary plus the maximum
amount of bonus he was eligible to earn in the then current year. Each of the
Executive Agreements provides that, in the event of a Change in Control, the
Company would pay any excise tax which the employee would be liable for under
Section 4999 of the Code as a result of having received the severance benefits.
Mr. McGurl's agreement provides that, during the first year of the agreement,
he will be paid an annual base salary of $185,000 and will have the opportunity
to earn a bonus of up to $55,000. Under their agreements, each of Messrs.
Mullen and Eberle will be paid an annual base salary of $175,000 and will each
have the opportunity to earn a bonus of up to $50,000.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
The current members of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors are Messrs. Barry and Elmblad. No executive officer of Bottomline has served as a director or member of the compensation committee (or other committee serving an equivalent function) of any other entity whose executive officers served as a director or member of the Compensation Committee. From August 1997 to November 1998, Mr. McGurl served as a member of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. Mr. McGurl is President and Chief Executive Officer of Bottomline.
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of the common stock of Bottomline as of September 30, 1998, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares of common stock in the offering, for: (i) each person or entity known to Bottomline to own beneficially more than 5% of Bottomline's common stock, (ii) each of the directors of Bottomline, (iii) each of the Named Executive Officers, (iv) all directors and executive officers as a group and (v) each of the other selling stockholders. Except as indicated below, none of these persons or entities has a relationship with Bottomline or, to the knowledge of Bottomline, any of the Underwriters or their respective affiliates. Unless otherwise indicated, each person or entity named in the table has sole voting power and investment power (or shares such power with his or her spouse) with respect to all shares of capital stock listed as owned by such person or entity. The address of each of the officers and directors of Bottomline is c/o Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc., 155 Fleet Street, Portsmouth, NH 03801.
SHARES SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED NUMBER BENEFICIALLY OWNED PRIOR TO OFFERING (1) OF AFTER OFFERING (1)(2) ------------------------- SHARES ------------------------ NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER NUMBER PERCENT OFFERED NUMBER PERCENT ------------------------ ------------- ----------- ------- ----------- ----------- Daniel M. McGurl........ 625,000 25.7% James L. Loomis......... 625,000 25.7 John H. Harland Compa- ny..................... 193,798 8.0 Charles P. O'Leary...... 170,000 7.0 Joseph L. Barry, Jr.(3)................. 58,125 2.4 Bruce E. Elmblad(4)..... 15,000 * Joseph L. Mullen........ 90,202 3.7 James W. Zilinski(5).... 15,000 * Robert A. Eberle........ 5,000 * All executive officers and directors as a group (7 persons)(6)... 1,433,327 58.4 |
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
After this offering, the authorized capital stock of Bottomline will consist of 50,000,000 shares of common stock, $.001 par value per share, and 4,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $.001 par value per share. As of September 30, 1998, there were outstanding (i) 2,428,709 shares of common stock held by 44 stockholders of record and (ii) options to purchase an aggregate of 371,000 shares of common stock.
The following summary of certain provisions of Bottomline's common stock, preferred stock, Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws (the "By-laws") is not intended to be complete and is qualified by reference to the provisions of applicable law and to Bottomline's Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws included as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this prospectus is a part. See "Additional Filings and Company Information."
COMMON STOCK
Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors may elect all of the directors standing for election. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately any such dividends declared by the Board of Directors, subject to any preferential dividend rights of outstanding preferred stock. Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Bottomline, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably the net assets of Bottomline available after the payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares offered by Bottomline in this offering will be, when issued and paid for, fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock which Bottomline may designate and issue in the future. Certain holders of common stock have the right to require Bottomline to register their shares of common stock under the Securities Act in certain circumstances. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
PREFERRED STOCK
Under the terms of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is authorized to issue such shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. The Board has discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences of each series of preferred stock.
The purpose of authorizing the Board of Directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from acquiring, a majority of the outstanding voting stock of Bottomline. Bottomline has no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.
DELAWARE LAW AND CERTAIN CHARTER AND BY-LAW PROVISIONS
Bottomline is subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law statute. Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A "business combination" includes mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions, an "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years did own, 15% or more of the corporation's voting stock.
The By-laws provide for the division of the Board of Directors into three classes as nearly equal in size as possible with staggered three-year terms. See "Management." Under the By-laws, any vacancy on the Board of Directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of the Board of Directors, may only be filled by vote of a majority of the directors then in office. The classification of the Board of Directors and the limitation on and filling of vacancies could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party from acquiring, control of Bottomline.
The By-laws also provide that after this offering, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of Bottomline at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders may only be taken if it is properly brought before such meeting and may not be taken by written action in lieu of a meeting. The By-laws further provide that special meetings of the stockholders may only be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Board of Directors. In order for any matter to be considered "properly brought" before a meeting, a stockholder must comply with certain requirements regarding advance notice and provide certain information to Bottomline. These provisions could have the effect of delaying until the next stockholders meeting stockholder actions which are favored by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of Bottomline. These provisions could also discourage a third party from making a tender offer for the common stock, because even if it acquired a majority of the outstanding voting securities of Bottomline, would be able to take action as a stockholder (such as electing new directors or approving a merger) only at a duly called stockholders' meeting, and not by written consent.
The Delaware General Corporation Law statute provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation's certificate of incorporation or by-laws, unless a corporation's certificate of incorporation or by-laws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. The By-laws require the affirmative vote of holders of at least 75% of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors to amend or repeal any of the provisions described in the prior two paragraphs.
The Restated Certificate of Incorporation contains certain provisions permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law statute relating to the liability of directors. The provisions eliminate a director's liability for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty, except in certain circumstances involving wrongful acts, such as the breach of a director's duty of loyalty or acts or omissions which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law. Further, the Restated Certificate of Incorporation contains provisions to indemnify Bottomline's directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law statute. Bottomline believes that these provisions will assist Bottomline in attracting and retaining qualified individuals to serve as directors.
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock is State Street Bank and Trust Company.
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Before this offering, there has been no public market for the securities of
Bottomline. After completion of this offering, based upon the number of shares
outstanding at September 30, 1998, there will be [ ] shares of common stock
of Bottomline outstanding (assuming no exercise of the Underwriters' over-
allotment option or outstanding options of Bottomline). Of these shares, the
[ ] shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction
or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"), except that any shares purchased by "affiliates" of
Bottomline, as that term is defined in Rule 144 ("Rule 144") under the
Securities Act, may generally only be sold in compliance with the limitations
of Rule 144 described below.
SALES OF RESTRICTED SHARES
All of the shares offered under this prospectus will be freely tradable in the open market. The remaining [ ] shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering are considered "restricted securities" under Rules 144 or 701 of the Securities Act. Generally, restricted securities that have been owned for a period of at least two years may be sold immediately after the completion of this offering and restricted securities that have been owned for at least one year may be sold 90 days after the completion of this offering. Certain of the restricted securities are subject to lock-up agreements with the Underwriters. Persons subject to lock-up agreements have agreed not to sell shares of common stock without the prior permission of the Underwriters for a period of 180 days after the completion of this offering. The table below sets forth information regarding potential sales of restricted securities.
. [ ] shares may be sold immediately after completion of this offering;
. [ ] shares may be sold 90 days after completion of this offering; and
. [ ] shares may be sold upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements.
OPTIONS
Shares of common stock may also be issued and sold upon the exercise of options. After this offering, Bottomline intends to register an aggregate of 1,110,000 shares of common stock, which may be issued under its 1989 Stock Option Plan, 1997 Stock Incentive Plan and 1998 Director Stock Option Plan. Shares issued upon the exercise of stock options after the effective date of the Form S-8 registration statements will be eligible for resale in the public market without restriction, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements noted above, if applicable. The table below sets forth information regarding potential sales of common stock as a result of the exercise of options outstanding on the date of this prospectus.
. [ ] shares may be sold 90 days after consummation of this offering; and
. [ ] shares may be sold upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements.
In addition, Bottomline intends to register an aggregate of 250,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under its 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. However, no shares will be issuable under the 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan until [ ], 1999.
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
Pursuant to the First Amendment and Restatement of Stock Rights and Voting Agreement, dated as of March 31, 1992, as amended, among the Company and certain stockholders (the "First Rightsholders") and the Second Stock Rights Agreement dated as of March 4, 1994, as amended, among the Company, John H.
Harland Company and certain stockholders, including certain First Rightsholders
(the "Second Rightsholders," and, together with the First Rightsholders, the
"Rightsholders"), the Rightsholders will be entitled following this offering to
certain rights to register under the Securities Act a total of approximately
[ ] shares of common stock (the "Registrable Stock"). The agreements
generally provide that if the Company proposes to register any of its
securities under the Securities Act, the Rightsholders are entitled to include
Registrable Stock in the registration. The managing underwriter of any
underwritten public offering would, however, have the right, for marketing
reasons, to cut-back the number of shares of Registrable Stock included in such
"piggyback" registration, which would be applied initially against the Second
Rightsholders and then against the First Rightsholders. Certain First
Rightsholders have agreed to allocate to John H. Harland Company a portion of
the shares that they may otherwise register if John H. Harland Company's right
to register shares is limited by application of the cut-back.
Certain Rightsholders may, upon the request of holders of Registrable Stock having an aggregate offering price of at least $2,000,000, require the Company to prepare and file a registration statement under the Securities Act for their shares of Registrable Stock at any time after this offering. The Company need effect only two such demand registrations for the First Rightsholders and one such demand registration for the Second Rightsholders, and is not required to file a demand registration statement within 180 days after the effective date of any other registration statement filed by the Company.
EFFECT OF SALES OF SHARES
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock, and no prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of common stock or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of the common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of significant numbers of shares of the common stock in the public market could adversely affect the market price of the common stock and could impair Bottomline's future ability to raise capital through an offering of its equity securities.
UNDERWRITING
The Underwriters named below (the "Underwriters"), acting through their representatives, BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc., BT Alex. Brown Incorporated and CIBC Oppenheimer Corp. (the "Representatives"), have severally agreed with Bottomline and certain stockholders of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, to purchase from Bottomline and the selling stockholders the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite their names below. The Underwriters are committed to purchase and pay for all such shares if any are purchased.
NUMBER UNDERWRITER OF SHARES ----------- --------- BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc. ................................ BT Alex. Brown Incorporated........................................ CIBC Oppenheimer Corp. ............................................ ---- Total......................................................... ==== |
The Company and the selling stockholders have been advised by the Representatives that the Underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at such price less a concession of not in excess of $[ ] per share, of which $[ ] may be reallowed to other dealers. After this offering, the public offering price, concession, and reallowance to dealers may be reduced by the Representatives. No such reduction shall change the amount of proceeds to be received by the Company and the selling stockholders as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable during the 30-day period after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to [ ] additional shares of common stock at the same price per share as the Company and the selling stockholders will receive for the [ ] shares that the Underwriters have agreed to purchase. To the extent that the Underwriters exercise such option, each of the Underwriters will have a firm commitment to purchase approximately the same percentage of such additional shares that the number of shares of common stock to be purchased by it shown in the above table represents as a percentage of the [ ] shares offered hereby. If purchased, such additional shares will be sold by the Underwriters on the same terms as those on which the [ ] shares are being sold. The Company will be obligated, pursuant to the option, to sell shares to the extent the option is exercised. The Underwriters may exercise such option only to cover over-allotments made in connection with the sale of the shares of common stock offered hereby.
The underwriting agreement contains covenants of indemnity among the Underwriters, the Company and the selling stockholders against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement.
Each officer and director of the Company and certain other holders of shares of common stock have agreed, for the lock-up period, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer to sell, contract to sell, or otherwise sell, dispose of, loan, pledge or grant any rights with respect to any shares of common stock or any options to purchase any shares of common stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock owned as of the date of this prospectus or thereafter acquired directly by such holders or with respect to which they have the power of disposition, without the prior written consent of BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc. However, BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc. may, in its sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of securities subject to lock-up agreement. There are no existing agreements between the Representatives and any of the Company's stockholders providing consent to the sale of shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up period. In addition, the Company has agreed that during the lock-up period the Company will not, without the prior written consent of BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc., subject to certain exceptions, (i) consent to the disposition of any shares held by stockholders subject to lock-up agreements
prior to the expiration of the lock-up period or (ii) issue, sell, contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of, any shares of common stock, any options to purchase any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into, exercisable for or exchangeable for shares of common stock other than the Company's sale of shares in this offering, the issuance of common stock upon the exercise of outstanding options, and the Company's issuance of options and shares under existing stock option and incentive plans. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
The Underwriters do not intend to confirm sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. Consequently, the public offering price for the common stock offered by this prospectus will be determined through negotiations among the Company, the selling stockholders and the Representatives. Among the factors to be considered in such negotiations are prevailing market conditions, certain financial information of the Company, market valuations of other companies that the Company and the Representatives believe to be comparable to the Company, estimates of the business potential of the Company, the present state of the Company's development and other factors deemed relevant.
The Representatives have advised the Company that, pursuant to Regulation M under the Securities Act, certain persons participating in this offering may engage in transactions, including stabilizing bids, syndicate covering transactions or the imposition of penalty bids, that may have the effect of stabilizing or maintaining the market price of the common stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. A "stabilizing bid" is a bid for or the purchase of common stock on behalf of the Underwriters for the purpose of fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock. A "syndicate covering transaction" is the bid for or the purchase of common stock on behalf of the Underwriters to reduce a short position incurred by the Underwriters in connection with this offering. A "penalty bid" is an arrangement permitting the Representatives to reclaim the selling concession otherwise accruing to an Underwriter or syndicate member in connection with this offering if the common stock originally sold by such Underwriter or syndicate member is purchased by the Representatives in a syndicate covering transaction and has therefore not been effectively placed by such Underwriter or syndicate member. The Representatives have advised the Company that such transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq National Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the shares of common stock offered by Bottomline hereby will be passed upon for Bottomline by Hale and Dorr LLP, Boston, Massachusetts, and for the Underwriters by Foley, Hoag & Eliot LLP, Boston, Massachusetts.
EXPERTS
The financial statements of Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc. at June 30, 1997 and 1998, and for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 1998, appearing in this prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
ADDITIONAL FILINGS AND COMPANY INFORMATION
We have filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Commission. This prospectus, which is a part of the Registration Statement, does not contain all of the information included in the Registration Statement. Certain information is omitted and you should refer to the Registration Statement and its exhibits. With respect to references made in this prospectus to any contract, agreement or other document of Bottomline, such references are not necessarily complete and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the Registration Statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document. You may review a copy of the Registration Statement, including exhibits, at the Commission's public reference room at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 or Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048 or Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Please call the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference rooms.
We will also file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Commission. You may read and copy any reports, statements or other information on file at the public reference rooms. You can also request copies of these documents, for a copying fee, by writing to the Commission.
Our Commission filings and the Registration Statement can also be reviewed by accessing the Commission's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, which contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Commission.
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (DE), INC.
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
PAGE ---- Report of Independent Auditors............................................ F-2 Balance Sheets as of June 30, 1997 and 1998 and September 30, 1998 (Unaudited)............................................................. F-3 Statements of Operations for the years ended June 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and for the three months ended September 30, 1997 and 1998 (Unaudited).. F-4 Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended June 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and for the three months ended September 30, 1998 (Unaudited).. F-5 Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and for the three months ended September 30, 1997 and 1998 (Unaudited).. F-6 Notes to Financial Statements ............................................ F-7 |
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc.
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Bottomline Technologies
(de), Inc. as of June 30, 1997 and 1998, and the related statements of
operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended June 30, 1998. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc. at June 30, 1997 and 1998, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP Boston, Massachusetts August 6, 1998, except for Note 11 as to which the date is November 12, 1998 |
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (DE), INC.
BALANCE SHEETS
JUNE 30, ------------------------- SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 1998 1998 ------------ ------------ ------------------ (UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA) ASSETS (Note 6) Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents......... $ 827 $ 1,362 $ 1,491 Accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts and returns of $644 at June 30, 1997, $970 at June 30, 1998 and $1,071 at September 30, 1998........................ 5,596 6,997 7,228 Inventory, net.................... 656 174 156 Refundable income taxes........... 905 -- -- Deferred income taxes (Note 10)... 571 724 724 Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................. 187 89 316 ------------ ------------ ------------ Total current assets................ 8,742 9,346 9,915 Property and equipment, net (Note 4)................................ 1,446 1,865 2,109 Capitalized and acquired software costs, net of accumulated amortization of $836 in 1997 (Notes 2 and 3)................... 253 -- -- Other assets........................ 40 90 60 ------------ ------------ ------------ Total assets........................ $ 10,481 $ 11,301 $ 12,084 ============ ============ ============ LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Current liabilities: Amounts due under revolving credit arrangement (Note 6)..... $ 1,045 -- -- Accounts payable.................. 2,177 $ 1,177 $ 1,474 Accrued expenses (Note 5)......... 1,696 2,030 2,141 Deferred revenue and deposits..... 1,063 2,121 2,069 Income taxes payable.............. -- 59 54 Current portion of long-term debt (Note 6)........................ 285 75 50 ------------ ------------ ------------ Total current liabilities........... 6,266 5,462 5,788 Deferred income taxes payable (Note 10)............................... 235 118 118 Long-term debt, less current portion (Note 6).......................... 54 -- -- Commitments and contingent liabilities (Note 7).............. Redeemable common stock, at redemption value (Note 8) (Authorized, issued and outstanding shares -- 267 in all periods)..... 1,246 1,353 1,381 Stockholders' equity (Note 8): Common stock, $.001 par value: Authorized shares -- 15,000 Issued and outstanding shares-- 2,102 at June 30, 1997, 2,120 at June 30, 1998 and 2,162 at September 30, 1998........... 2 2 2 Additional paid-in-capital........ 1,679 1,871 1,871 Retained earnings................. 999 2,495 2,924 ------------ ------------ ------------ Total stockholders' equity.......... 2,680 4,368 4,797 ------------ ------------ ------------ Total liabilities and stockholders' equity............................ $ 10,481 $ 11,301 $ 12,084 ============ ============ ============ |
See accompanying notes.
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (DE), INC.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
THREE MONTHS ENDED YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, SEPTEMBER 30, ------------------------- -------------------- 1996 1997 1998 1997 1998 ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- (UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA) Revenues: Software licenses.......... $ 4,689 $ 6,392 $ 9,887 $ 1,591 $ 3,477 Service and maintenance.... 4,580 6,729 9,701 1,937 2,254 Equipment and supplies..... 8,798 9,005 9,449 2,536 2,374 ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- Total revenues............... 18,067 22,126 29,037 6,064 8,105 Cost of revenues: Software licenses.......... 27 160 215 48 123 Service and maintenance.... 2,655 4,206 4,261 851 1,106 Equipment and supplies..... 5,361 6,410 6,526 1,648 1,682 ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- Total cost of revenues....... 8,043 10,776 11,002 2,547 2,911 ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- Gross profit................. 10,024 11,350 18,035 3,517 5,194 Operating expenses: Sales and marketing........ 4,190 6,631 7,675 1,557 2,242 Product development and engineering............... 1,237 2,185 3,158 670 928 General and administrative............ 3,044 4,266 4,372 932 1,277 ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- Total operating expenses..... 8,471 13,082 15,205 3,159 4,447 ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- Income (loss) from opera- tions....................... 1,553 (1,732) 2,830 358 747 Interest income.............. 48 53 35 7 17 Interest expense............. (54) (109) (85) (29) (2) ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- (6) (56) (50) (22) 15 ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- Income (loss) before provi- sion (benefit) for income taxes....................... 1,547 (1,788) 2,780 336 762 Provision (benefit) for in- come taxes (Note 10)........ 664 (536) 1,177 142 305 ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- Net income (loss)............ $ 883 $(1,252) $ 1,603 $ 194 $ 457 ======= ======= ======= ========= ========= Earnings (loss) per share available to common stockholders (Note 9): Basic...................... $ 0.42 $ (0.68) $ 0.71 $ .08 $ .20 ======= ======= ======= ========= ========= Diluted.................... $ 0.34 $ (0.68) $ 0.61 $ .07 $ .17 ======= ======= ======= ========= ========= Shares used in computing earnings (loss) per share available to common stockholders (Note 9): Basic...................... 1,898 1,995 2,105 2,102 2,120 ======= ======= ======= ========= ========= Diluted.................... 2,334 1,995 2,439 2,432 2,485 ======= ======= ======= ========= ========= |
See accompanying notes.
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (DE), INC.
STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996, 1997 AND 1998 AND
THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED)
COMMON STOCK ADDITIONAL TOTAL ------------- PAID-IN RETAINED STOCKHOLDERS' SHARES AMOUNT CAPITAL EARNINGS EQUITY ------ ------ ---------- -------- ------------- (IN THOUSANDS) Balances at July 1, 1995...... 1,871 $ 2 $ 628 $1,553 $2,183 Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options (Note 8).......... 47 -- 250 -- 250 Issuance of common stock for acquisition of the common stock of CertiSoft (Note 3)........................ 30 -- 480 -- 480 Accretion to redemption value on redeemable common stock..................... -- -- -- (88) (88) Net income.................. -- -- -- 883 883 ----- ---- ------ ------ ------ Balances at June 30, 1996..... 1,948 2 1,358 2,348 3,708 Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options (Note 8).......... 45 -- 297 -- 297 Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock warrants (Note 8)......... 109 -- 24 -- 24 Accretion to redemption value on redeemable common stock..................... -- -- -- (97) (97) Net loss.................... -- -- -- (1,252) (1,252) ----- ---- ------ ------ ------ Balances at June 30, 1997..... 2,102 2 1,679 999 2,680 Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options (Note 8).......... 18 -- 192 -- 192 Accretion to redemption value on redeemable common stock..................... -- -- -- (107) (107) Net income.................. -- -- -- 1,603 1,603 ----- ---- ------ ------ ------ Balances at June 30, 1998..... 2,120 2 1,871 2,495 4,368 Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock warrants (Note 8) (Unaudited)............... 42 -- -- -- -- Accretion to redemption value on redeemable common stock (Unaudited)......... -- -- -- (28) (28) Net income (Unaudited)...... -- -- -- 457 457 ----- ---- ------ ------ ------ Balances at September 30, 1998 (Unaudited)................. 2,162 $ 2 $1,871 $2,924 $4,797 ===== ==== ====== ====== ====== |
See accompanying notes.
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (DE), INC.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
THREE YEARS ENDED MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, SEPTEMBER 30, ------------------------ --------------- 1996 1997 1998 1997 1998 ------ ------- ------- ------- ------ (UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS) OPERATING ACTIVITIES Net income (loss).................. $ 883 $(1,252) $ 1,603 $ 194 $ 457 Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: Depreciation and amortization..... 784 1,174 827 216 190 Provision for allowances on accounts receivable............. 4 487 326 29 28 Provision for allowances for obsolescence of inventory....... -- 217 -- -- -- Deferred income tax benefit....... (102) (297) (270) -- -- Changes in operating assets and liabilities: (Increase) decrease in accounts receivable..................... (506) (1,452) (1,727) 537 (259) Decrease (increase) in inventory, prepaid expenses and other current assets and other assets......................... (237) (138) 530 134 (179) Decrease (increase) in refundable income taxes................... -- (905) 905 136 -- Increase (decrease) in accounts payable, accrued expenses and deferred revenue and deposits.. (343) 1,907 392 (1,080) 356 (Decrease) increase in income taxes payable.................. 337 (409) 59 -- (5) ------ ------- ------- ------- ------ Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities............. 820 (668) 2,645 166 588 INVESTING ACTIVITIES Purchases of property and equipment, net................... (311) (580) (993) (159) (434) Increase in capitalized software costs............................ (158) (114) -- -- -- ------ ------- ------- ------- ------ Net cash used in investing activities....................... (469) (694) (993) (159) (434) FINANCING ACTIVITIES Net borrowings (repayments) on revolving credit arrangement..... -- 1,045 (1,045) (45) -- Repayments on notes payable........ (152) (258) (264) (71) (25) Proceeds from exercise of stock options and stock warrants....... 250 321 192 -- -- ------ ------- ------- ------- ------ Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities............. 98 1,108 (1,117) (116) (25) ------ ------- ------- ------- ------ Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents................. 449 (254) 535 (109) 129 Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year................ 632 1,081 827 827 1,362 ------ ------- ------- ------- ------ Cash and cash equivalents at end of year............................. $1,081 $ 827 $ 1,362 $ 718 $1,491 ====== ======= ======= ======= ====== Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: Cash paid during the year for: Interest......................... $ 54 $ 106 $ 85 $ 28 $ 2 Income taxes..................... $ 446 $ 1,017 $ 464 $ 7 $ 141 Non-cash transactions: Acquisition of the common stock of CertiSoft for common stock and assumption of note payable (Note 3)....................... $ 764 -- -- -- -- |
See accompanying notes.
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (DE), INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996, 1997 AND 1998; THREE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 AND 1998 (UNAUDITED)
1. ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF BUSINESS
Bottomline Technologies, Inc. (the predecessor Company) was incorporated in New Hampshire in 1989 and, on August 25, 1997, the Company was merged with and into Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc. (the Company), a company incorporated in Delaware. The Company is a domestic company that develops and markets proprietary software and complementary products and services. The Company's products and services are sold to customers operating in many different industries. The Company does not require collateral on its accounts receivable, which is in accordance with industry practice.
On May 2, 1996, the Company acquired CertiSoft Solutions, Inc. (CertiSoft). This entity was previously accounted for as a wholly-owned subsidiary. Effective January 9, 1997, CertiSoft was merged into the predecessor Company.
2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consists of demand deposit accounts and an overnight investment account at a financial institution. The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with an original maturity of ninety days or less to be cash equivalents.
Inventory
Inventory is stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or market.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation is provided on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, principally from 3-7 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over their useful lives or the term of the lease, whichever is less.
Advertising Costs
The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising costs were $62,000, $114,000 and $129,000 for the years ended June 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively, and $39,000 and $15,000 for the three months ended September 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Estimates include but are not limited to the allowances for doubtful accounts and returns. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Income Taxes
Deferred income taxes are provided for differences in bases of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and income tax purposes. Temporary differences relate primarily to depreciation, various accruals, and allowances for doubtful accounts, returns and inventory.
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (DE), INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--(CONTINUED)
Stock-Based Compensation
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock- Based Compensation" (SFAS 123) encourages, but does not require, companies to record compensation cost for stock-based employee compensation plans at fair value. The Company has elected to continue to account for stock based compensation using the intrinsic value method prescribed in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" and related Interpretations.
Capitalized and Acquired Software Costs
Costs incurred to develop software to be sold, leased or otherwise marketed are capitalized upon attainment of technological feasibility and amortized on a product-by-product basis over the estimated useful life of the related software. Such software costs totaled $1,089,000 at June 30, 1997. Also included in capitalized software costs was $546,000 attributable to acquired software in connection with the acquisition of CertiSoft (See Note 3). Capitalized and acquired software costs charged to operations were $423,000, $631,000 and $253,000 for the years ended June 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively, including additional amortization in 1997 on certain acquired software, and $75,000 and $-0- for the three months ended September 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively. At June 30, 1998, capitalized software costs had been fully amortized.
The carrying value of intangible assets is periodically reviewed by the Company based on the expected future undiscounted operating cash flows of the related asset. If an impairment is indicated, the Company will adjust the carrying value of the intangible assets.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue for software is recognized when product is shipped and there are no significant remaining obligations of the Company. Revenue for services is recognized as the services are provided to the customer. Revenue under software maintenance agreements is recognized ratably over the term of the agreement, generally one year. Revenue for hardware is recognized when product is shipped. Revenue is recognized in accordance with Statement of Position (SOP) 91-1 for periods prior to July 1, 1998. See Accounting Pronouncements below.
Customer Returns
Customer returns are estimated and accrued for when known based on return authorizations.
Earnings per Share
The Company computes earnings per share in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128 "Earnings Per Share" (SFAS 128). SFAS 128 requires calculation and presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share. Basic earnings per share is calculated based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and excludes any dilutive effects of warrants, stock options or other type securities. Diluted earnings per share is calculated based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and the dilutive effect of stock options, warrants and related securities calculated using the treasury stock method. Dilutive securities are excluded from the diluted earnings per share calculation if their effect is antidilutive.
401(k) Plan
The Company has a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (the Plan), whereby eligible employees may contribute up to 15% (20% in 1997) of their compensation, subject to limitations established by the Internal Revenue Code. The Company may contribute a discretionary matching contribution, annually, equal to 25% of each such
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (DE), INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--(CONTINUED)
participant's deferred compensation up to 5% of their annual compensation (in 1996, up to 20% of the first 3% for eligible employees' contributions). The Company charged $14,000, $26,000 and $98,000 to expense in the years ended June 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively, and $23,000 and $81,000 to expense in the three months ended September 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively, under the Plan.
Accounting Pronouncements
In October 1997, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the American Institute (ACSEC) of Certified Public Accountants issued Statement of Position (SOP) 97-2 "Software Revenue Recognition", which the Company adopted on July 1, 1998. This statement supersedes SOP 91-1, Software Revenue Recognition, and provides guidance on applying generally accepted accounting principles in recognizing revenue on software transactions entered into in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997. The Company believes that SOP 97-2 will not have a material impact on the Company's future operating results.
In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS No.
130 "Reporting Comprehensive Income" and SFAS No. 131 "Disclosures About
Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information." Both SFAS No. 130 and SFAS
No. 131 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997. The
Company believes that the adoption of these new accounting standards will not
have a material impact on the Company's financial statements.
Interim Financial Information (Unaudited)
The interim financial information at September 30, 1998 and for the three months ended September 30, 1997 and 1998, all of which is unaudited, was prepared by the Company on a basis consistent with the audited financial statements. In management's opinion, such information reflects all adjustments which are of a normal recurring nature and which are necessary to present fairly the results of the periods presented.
3. ACQUISITION
On May 2, 1996, the Company, through its newly-formed, wholly-owned subsidiary, CSI Acquisition, Inc. (Acquisition), acquired CertiSoft Solutions, Inc. (CertiSoft) by merging with and into CertiSoft. Each share of CertiSoft common stock outstanding prior to the merger was surrendered and subsequently retired and each CertiSoft shareholder received 1.61 shares of the Company's common stock for each CertiSoft share surrendered. The total consideration paid by the Company to acquire CertiSoft included 30,001 shares of the Company's common stock, estimated at $480,000, and the assumption of a $250,000 note payable to the former majority owner of CertiSoft and certain other trade obligations.
The acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase and, accordingly, the results of operations of CertiSoft are included in the consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition. In connection with the acquisition, the Company acquired assets with an estimated fair value of $764,000 and assumed liabilities of $284,000, which includes the $250,000 note payable described above.
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (DE), INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment consists of the following:
JUNE 30, ------------- SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 1998 1998 ------ ------ ------------- (UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS) Furniture and fixtures......................... $ 387 $ 399 $ 407 Technical equipment............................ 1,979 2,693 2,965 Software....................................... 210 453 586 Leasehold improvements......................... 126 151 172 ------ ------ ------ 2,702 3,696 4,130 Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortiza- tion.......................................... 1,256 1,831 2,021 ------ ------ ------ $1,446 $1,865 $2,109 ====== ====== ====== |
5. ACCRUED EXPENSES
Accrued expenses consist of the following:
JUNE 30, ------------- SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 1998 1998 ------ ------ ------------- (UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS) Employee compensation and benefits............... $ 799 $1,392 $1,221 Sales taxes...................................... 425 214 151 Other............................................ 472 424 769 ------ ------ ------ $1,696 $2,030 $2,141 ====== ====== ====== |
6. BORROWING ARRANGEMENTS
In December 1997, the Company entered into a revolving credit agreement (the revolving agreement) with a bank which provides for available borrowings of up to $4,000,000. Borrowings under the revolving agreement bear interest at the bank's prime rate (8.5% at June 30, 1998) and are due on demand. The outstanding balance under the revolving agreement at June 30, 1997 and 1998 and September 30, 1998 was $1,045,000, $-0- and $-0-, respectively. The revolving agreement expires on December 30, 1998.
In June 1995, the Company entered into a $500,000 term loan with a bank. The term loan was due in thirty-six monthly installments of principal and interest of $16,000. Interest under the term loan was at 8.75%. The balance outstanding at June 30, 1997 and 1998 and September 30, 1998 was $164,000, $-0- and $-0-, respectively.
Borrowings under the revolving agreement and the term loan are secured by substantially all assets of the Company.
In May 1996, in connection with the acquisition of CertiSoft, CertiSoft assumed a $250,000 promissory note payable to the former majority owner of CertiSoft. The note is due in 10 equal installments of $25,000, beginning November 1996 and every third month thereafter, plus accrued interest at 8.25% per annum. This note is guaranteed by the Company. The balance outstanding at June 30, 1997 and 1998 and September 30, 1998 was $175,000, $75,000 and $50,000, respectively.
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (DE), INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
The Company leases its principal office facility under a noncancellable operating lease expiring in 2002. In addition to the base term, the Company has two five-year options to extend the term of the lease. Rent payments are fixed for the initial two years of the lease and may be increased after that during the initial term of the lease by the Consumer Price Index. In addition, the Company is obligated to pay certain incremental operating costs over the base amount.
The Company also leases office space in other cities. All such leases expire in fiscal years 1999 and 2000.
Future minimum annual rental commitments under this lease at June 30, 1998 are as follows:
(IN THOUSANDS) -------------- 1999.......................................................... $ 373 2000.......................................................... 349 2001.......................................................... 307 2002.......................................................... 281 ------ $1,310 ====== |
Rent expense charged to operations for the years ended June 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998 was $286,000, $338,000 and $342,000, respectively, and for the three months ended September 30, 1997 and 1998 was $85,000 and $107,000, respectively.
8. CAPITAL TRANSACTIONS
Common Stock
In connection with the sale of its common stock in 1992, the Company and certain existing stockholders amended previous agreements covering stock rights and voting arrangements. The amended agreement provides certain stockholders with preemptive rights and certain registration rights in the event of certain circumstances.
In connection with the sale of its common stock, the Company has also agreed with certain stockholders to redeem, at the stockholders' option, 267,000 shares of common stock anytime after June 29, 1995. The initial redemption value was $3.00 per share and increases each year in accordance with the agreement. The redemption value was $1,246,000, $1,353,000 and $1,381,000 at June 30, 1997 and 1998 and September 30, 1998, respectively.
In March 1994, the Company and certain existing stockholders amended the March 31, 1992 stock rights and voting arrangements to provide an additional stockholder with preemptive rights and certain registration rights in the event of certain circumstances.
Stock Option Plan
The Company adopted the Bottomline Technologies, Inc. Stock Option Plan, as amended, (the Plan) on August 1, 1989, which provides for the issuance of incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options. The Plan is administered by the Board of Directors which has the authority to determine to whom options may be granted, the period of exercise and what other restrictions, if any, should apply. The Company has reserved up to 480,000 shares of its common stock for issuance under the Plan. Incentive stock options may be granted to employees at a price of no less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock at the date of grant. Options expire a maximum of ten years from the date of grant.
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (DE), INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
8. CAPITAL TRANSACTIONS--(CONTINUED)
On August 21, 1997, Bottomline Technologies, Inc. adopted the 1997 Stock Incentive Plan (the 1997 Plan), which provides for the issuance of stock options and nonstatutory stock options. The 1997 Plan is administered by the Board of Directors which has the authority to determine to whom options may be granted, the period of exercise and what other restrictions, if any, should apply. The Company has reserved up to 400,000 shares of its common stock for issuance under the 1997 Plan to employees at a price of no less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock at the date of grant. Options expire a maximum of ten years from the date of grant.
The Company has elected to follow Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" (APB 25) and related interpretations in accounting for its employee stock options because, as discussed below, the alternative fair value accounting provided for under SFAS 123 requires the use of option valuation models that were not developed for use in valuing employee stock options. Under APB 25, as the exercise price of the Company's employee stock options equals the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant, no compensation expense is recognized.
Option valuation models have been developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options which have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. Such models require the input of highly subjective assumptions. Because the Company's employee stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management's opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of its employee stock options. A summary of assumptions is as follows:
THREE MONTHS ENDED YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, SEPTEMBER 30, ---------------------------- -------------- 1996 1997 1998 1997 1998 --------- ------ --------- ------ ------ (UNAUDITED) Dividend yield............... 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% Expected lives of options (years).................... 4 4 4 4 4 Risk-free interest rate...... 6.18-6.67% 6.02% 5.65-6.20% 6.20% 6.00% |
For purposes of the required pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the options is amortized over the options' vesting period. Had compensation cost for the Company's stock option plan been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates for awards under those plans consistent with the minimum value method of SFAS 123, the Company's net income (loss) would have been decreased (increased) by $46,000, $(68,000) and $115,000 for the years ended June 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively, and by $13,000 and $98,000 for the three months ended September 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively.
As the provisions of SFAS 123 are effective only for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 1994, the effects of applying SFAS 123 for pro forma
disclosures are not necessarily representative of the effects on net income
(loss) for future years.
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (DE), INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
8. CAPITAL TRANSACTIONS--(CONTINUED)
A summary of option activity is as follows:
YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, -------------------------------------------------- THREE MONTHS ENDED 1996 1997 1998 SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 ---------------- ---------------- ---------------- -------------------- WEIGHTED WEIGHTED WEIGHTED WEIGHTED AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE AVERAGE EXERCISE EXERCISE EXERCISE EXERCISE OPTIONS PRICE OPTIONS PRICE OPTIONS PRICE OPTIONS PRICE ------- -------- ------- -------- ------- -------- -------- ---------- (UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA) Outstanding, beginning of period............. 118 $ 6.83 93 $ 9.51 113 $15.30 295 $ 20.06 Options granted......... 30 13.00 65 17.53 200 23.74 76 28.82 Options exercised....... (47) 5.36 (45) 6.61 (18) 11.00 -- -- Options expired......... (8) 7.50 -- -- -- -- -- -- --- ------- --- ------ --- ------ ------- ---------- Outstanding, end of period................ 93 9.51 113 15.30 295 20.06 371 21.85 Exercisable, end of period................ 55 $ 5.41 25 $11.60 34 $15.59 74 $ 16.25 Weighted average fair value of options granted during the period................ $ 2.78 $ 4.57 $ 4.60 $ 6.15 |
As of June 30, 1998, options to purchase 34,000 shares were exercisable at option prices ranging from $13.00 to $19.00 per share. As of June 30, 1997 and 1998 and September 30, 1998, options to purchase 21,000, 215,000 and 139,000 shares, respectively, were available for grant from the 1997 Plan and the Plan. The weighted average remaining contractual life of options outstanding at June 30, 1998 is seven and one half years, and the range of exercise prices is from $13.00 to $26.40 per share.
WARRANTS
In connection with the sale of its common stock in March 1992, the Company issued warrants for the purchase of an aggregate 215,000 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $3.00 to $6.00 per share. During 1997, warrants for 4,000 shares were exercised at a price of $6.00 per share. Additionally, under the terms of the warrant agreement, certain warrant holders elected a non-cash exercise under which the Company issued an additional 105,000 shares. The shares issued, as a result of this non-cash exercise, were based on the relationship of the exercise price to the fair market value of the Company's stock at the exercise date, as defined in the original agreement.
At June 30, 1998, there were warrants outstanding for 48,000 shares, at exercise prices ranging from $3.00--$4.00 per share. The warrants were exercised on September 30, 1998.
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (DE), INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
9. EARNINGS PER SHARE
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings
(loss) per share:
THREE MONTHS ENDED FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, SEPTEMBER 30, ----------------------------- -------------- 1996 1997 1998 1997 1998 -------- --------- -------- ------ ------ (UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA) Numerator: Net income (loss)......... $ 883 $ (1,252) $ 1,603 $ 194 $ 457 Accretion to redemption value on redeemable common stock............. (88) (97) (107) (27) (28) -------- --------- -------- ------ ------ Numerator for basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share available to common stockholders............... $ 795 $ (1,349) $ 1,496 $ 167 $ 429 ======== ========= ======== ====== ====== Denominator: Denominator for basic earnings (loss) per share available to common stockholders--weighted- average shares outstanding.............. 1,898 1,995 2,105 2,102 2,120 Effect of employee stock options, warrants and redeemable common stock.. 436 -- 334 330 365 -------- --------- -------- ------ ------ Denominator for diluted earnings (loss) per share available to common stockholders............... 2,334 1,995 2,439 2,432 2,485 ======== ========= ======== ====== ====== Earnings (loss) per share available to common stockholders: Basic..................... $ 0.42 $ (0.68) $ 0.71 $ .08 $ .20 ======== ========= ======== ====== ====== Diluted................... $ 0.34 $ (0.68) $ 0.61 $ .07 $ .17 ======== ========= ======== ====== ====== |
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (DE), INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
10. INCOME TAXES
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109. SFAS No. 109 requires the use of the liability method in which income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.
Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
JUNE 30, ------------ SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 1998 1998 ----- ----- ------------- (UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS) Deferred tax assets: Allowances..................................... $ 284 $ 572 $ 572 Various accrued expenses....................... 144 115 115 Deferred software maintenance revenue.......... 8 -- -- Inventory...................................... 135 37 37 ----- ----- ----- Total deferred tax assets................... 571 724 724 Deferred tax liabilities: Property, plant and equipment.................. (135) (118) (118) Capitalized software costs..................... (100) -- -- ----- ----- ----- Total deferred tax liabilities.............. (235) (118) (118) ----- ----- ----- Net deferred tax assets (liabilities).......... $ 336 $ 606 $ 606 ===== ===== ===== |
The provision (benefit) for income taxes consisted of the following:
THREE MONTHS ENDED YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, SEPTEMBER 30, ----------------------- ------------- 1996 1997 1998 1997 1998 ------ ------ ------- ------ ------ (UNAUDITED) (IN THOUSANDS) Current: Federal............................ $ 610 $ (247) $ 1,238 $ 121 $ 259 State.............................. 156 8 209 21 46 ------ ------ ------- ------ ------ 766 (239) 1,447 142 305 Deferred: Federal............................ (90) (252) (241) -- -- State.............................. (12) (45) (29) -- -- ------ ------ ------- ------ ------ (102) (297) (270) -- -- ------ ------ ------- ------ ------ $ 664 $ (536) $ 1,177 $ 142 $ 305 ====== ====== ======= ====== ====== |
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (DE), INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
10. INCOME TAXES--(CONTINUED)
A reconciliation of the federal statutory rate to the effective income tax is as follows:
THREE MONTHS ENDED YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, SEPTEMBER 30, ------------------------ -------------- 1996 1997 1998 1997 1998 ------ ------- ------ ------ ------ (UNAUDITED) Tax (benefit) at federal statutory rate................ 34.0% (34.0)% 34.0% 34.0% 34.0% State taxes, net of federal benefit....................... 6.0 (1.4) 6.5 6.5 6.0 Non-deductible expenses......... 5.6 12.6 .6 -- -- Research and development tax credits....................... -- (7.2) (3.6) -- -- Other........................... (2.7) -- 4.8 1.8 -- ------ ------- ------ ------ ------ 42.9% (30.0)% 42.3% 42.3% 40.0% ====== ======= ====== ====== ====== |
The principal non-deductible expense for income tax purposes is the amortization related to the acquired software costs recorded in connection with the purchase of CertiSoft.
11. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On November 12, 1998, the Company's Board of Directors approved various actions, subject to stockholder approval, including: (1) increasing the authorized shares of common stock to 50,000,000; (2) authorizing a class of Preferred Stock with 4,000,000 shares available; (3) the establishment of the 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan under which 250,000 shares of common stock may be issued; (4) the establishment of the 1998 Director Stock Option Plan under which 100,000 shares of common stock may be issued and (5) increasing the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Company's 1997 Stock Incentive Plan to 900,000.
[INSIDE BACK COVER]
[This graphic contains the following text:
Centered at the top of the page are the words:
"Payment Management Software and
Services that Enable Organizations to Manage their Transition from Paper Checks to Electronic Payments"
Descending from left to right are three slides. The words above the top
slide are:
"Secure Payment Server"
The words in the slide are:
Managing:
> enterprise-wide payments
> point-of-need payments
> all payment information
> reporting
> auditing
> processing
> remittance delivery
The words above the second slide are:
"All Types of Payments"
The words in the slide are:
> Electronic Payments to satisfy EFT '99
> NACHA-compliant ACH payments
> Financial EDI
> LaserCheck
> Check Fraud/Positive Pay
> Electronic Remittance Delivery
> Internet, VAN, VPN compatible
The words above the third slide are:
"Industry Standards"
The words in the slide are:
> Windows NT
> Utilizes full suite of Microsoft's networking and database
tools
> Integrates into current computing environment;
network, protocol, database independent
> Transitions easily as payments needs grow and change
> Certified by Microsoft as "Designed for BackOffice"
"Bottomline Technologies" is in a box on the bottom inside left of the page]
[LOGO]
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
The following table sets forth the various expenses, all of which will be borne by the Registrant, in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions. All amounts shown are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and the NASD filing fee.
SEC registration fee.................................................. $ NASD filing fee....................................................... Nasdaq National Market listing fee.................................... Blue Sky fees and expenses............................................ Transfer Agent and Registrar fees..................................... Accounting fees and expenses.......................................... Legal fees and expenses............................................... Printing and mailing expenses......................................... Miscellaneous......................................................... ----- Total............................................................... $ ===== |
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
Article EIGHTH of the Registrant's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the "Restated Certificate of Incorporation") provides that no director of the Registrant shall be personally liable for any monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent that the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breach of fiduciary duty.
Article NINTH of the Registrant's Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that a director or officer of the Registrant (a) shall be indemnified by the Registrant against all expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with any litigation or other legal proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Registrant) brought against him by virtue of his position as a director or officer of the Registrant if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Registrant, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful and (b) shall be indemnified by the Registrant against all expenses (including attorneys' fees) and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with any action by or in the right of the Registrant brought against him by virtue of his position as a director or officer of the Registrant if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Registrant, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Registrant, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he is entitled to indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that a director or officer has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, including, without limitation, the dismissal of an action without prejudice, he is required to be indemnified by the Registrant against all expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred in connection therewith. Expenses shall be advanced to a director or officer at his request, provided that he undertakes to repay the amount advanced if it is ultimately determined that he is not entitled to indemnification for such expenses.
Indemnification is required to be made unless the Registrant determines that the applicable standard of conduct required for indemnification has not been met. In the event of a determination by the Registrant that the director or officer did not meet the applicable standard of conduct required for indemnification, or if the
II-1
Registrant fails to make an indemnification payment within 60 days after such payment is claimed by such person, such person is permitted to petition the court to make an independent determination as to whether such person is entitled to indemnification. As a condition precedent to the right of indemnification, the director or officer must give the Registrant notice of the action for which indemnity is sought and the Registrant has the right to participate in such action or assume the defense thereof.
Article NINTH of the Registrant's Restated Certificate of Incorporation further provides that the indemnification provided therein is not exclusive, and provides that in the event that the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to expand the indemnification permitted to directors or officers the Registrant must indemnify those persons to the fullest extent permitted by such law as so amended.
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation and certain other persons serving at the request of the corporation in related capacities against amounts paid and expenses incurred in connection with an action or proceeding to which he is or is threatened to be made a party by reason of such position, if such person shall have acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal proceeding, if such person had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful; provided that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the adjudicating court determines that such indemnification is proper under the circumstances.
Under Section 8 of the Underwriting Agreement, the Underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, to indemnify directors and officers of the Registrant against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Reference is made to the form of Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1 hereto.
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
Set forth in chronological order is information regarding shares of common stock issued and options granted by the Registrant since November 1995. Further included is the consideration, if any, received by the Registrant for such shares and options and information relating to the section of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), or rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission under which exemption from registration was claimed.
The Registrant's 1989 Stock Option Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors and approved by the stockholders of the Registrant on August 1, 1989. The Registrant's 1997 Stock Incentive Plan was originally adopted by the Board of Directors and approved by the stockholders of the Registrant on August 21, 1997, and was amended by the Board of Directors on November 12, 1998. Since November 1995, options to purchase 109,167 shares of common stock had been exercised for an aggregate consideration of $740,000 and as of November 12, 1998 options to purchase 110,000 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 1989 Stock Option Plan. As of November 12, 1998, no options had been exercised and options to purchase 261,000 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 1997 Stock Incentive Plan.
In October 1998, the Registrant issued 35,715 shares of Common Stock to Arthur Andersen LLP at a purchase price of $28.00 per share for an aggregate consideration of $1,000,020.
In connection with financing activities in 1992, the Company issued warrants for the purchase of an aggregate of 214,500 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $3.00 to $6.00 per share. During 1997, warrants for 4,000 shares were exercised at a price of $6.00 per share. Additionally, in 1997 and 1998, in accordance with the warrant agreements, the remainder of the warrant holders elected to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis and, in connection therewith, the Company issued an additional 147,291 shares.
II-2
The securities issued in the foregoing transactions were either (i) offered and sold in reliance upon exemptions from the Securities Act registration requirements set forth in Sections 3(b) and 4(2) of the Securities Act, or any regulations promulgated thereunder, relating to sales by an issuer not involving any public offering, or (ii) in the case of certain options to purchase shares of common stock and shares of common stock issued upon the exercise of such options, such offers and sales were made in reliance upon an exemption from registration under Rule 701 of the Securities Act. No underwriters were involved in the foregoing sales of securities.
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(A) EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION ------- ----------- 1* Form of Underwriting Agreement. 3.1 Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant. 3.2 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering. 3.3 By-Laws of the Registrant. 3.4 Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant, to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering. 4.1* Specimen certificate for shares of common stock. 5* Opinion of Hale and Dorr LLP. 10.1 1989 Stock Option Plan, as amended, including form of stock option agreement for incentive and non-statutory stock options. 10.2 Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Incentive Plan, including form of stock option agreement for incentive and non-statutory stock options. 10.3 1998 Director Stock Option Plan, including form of non-statutory stock option agreement. 10.4 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. 10.5 First Amendment and Restatement of Stock Rights and Voting Agreement, as amended. 10.6 Second Stock Rights Agreement, as amended. 10.7 Lease dated November 28, 1994, between the Registrant and Wenberry Associates L.L.C. 10.8* Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Mr. McGurl. 10.9* Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Mr. Mullen. 10.10* Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Mr. Eberle. 23.1 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP. 23.2* Consent of Hale and Dorr LLP (included in Exhibit 5). 24 Power of Attorney (included on page II-6). 27 Financial Data Schedule. |
II-3
(B) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
SCHEDULE II--VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS AND RETURNS
BALANCE AT ADDITIONS (CHARGED BEGINNING OF TO COSTS AND BALANCE AT YEAR ENDED YEAR EXPENSES) DEDUCTIONS END OF YEAR ---------- ------------ ------------------ ---------- ----------- (IN THOUSANDS) June 30, 1996..... $288 4 135 $157 June 30, 1997..... $157 487 $644 June 30, 1998..... $644 326 $970 |
All other schedules have been omitted because they are not required or because the required information is given in the Registrant's Financial Statements or Notes thereto.
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions contained in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant and the laws of the State of Delaware, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
Act, the information omitted form the form of prospectus filed as part of
this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or
(4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Portsmouth, New Hampshire, on this 13th day of November, 1998.
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (de), INC.
By: /s/ Daniel M. McGurl ----------------------------------- Daniel M. McGurl, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer |
II-4
POWER OF ATTORNEY AND SIGNATURES
We, the undersigned officers and directors of Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc., hereby severally constitute and appoint Daniel M. McGurl, Robert A. Eberle and Philip P. Rossetti, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys with full power to them, and each of them singly, to sign for us and in our names in the capacities indicated below, the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed herewith and any and all pre-effective and post-effective amendments to said Registration Statement, and any subsequent Registration Statement for the same offering which may be filed under Rule 462(b), and generally to do all such things in our names and on our behalf in our capacities as officers and directors to enable Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc. to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorneys, or any of them, to said Registration Statement and any and all amendments thereto or to any subsequent Registration Statement for the same offering which may be filed under Rule 462(b).
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED.
SIGNATURE TITLE DATE --------- ----- ---- /s/ Daniel M. McGurl Chairman of the Board, November 13, 1998 ______________________________________ President and Chief DANIEL M. MCGURL Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) /s/ Robert A. Eberle Executive Vice President, November 13, 1998 ______________________________________ Chief Financial Officer ROBERT A. EBERLE and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) /s/ Joseph L. Barry, Jr. Director November 13, 1998 ______________________________________ JOSEPH L. BARRY, JR. /s/ Bruce E. Elmblad Director November 13, 1998 ______________________________________ BRUCE E. ELMBLAD /s/ James L. Loomis Director November 13, 1998 ______________________________________ JAMES L. LOOMIS /s/ Joseph L. Mullen Director November 13, 1998 ______________________________________ JOSEPH L. MULLEN /s/ James W. Zilinski Director November 13, 1998 ______________________________________ JAMES W. ZILINSKI |
II-5
EXHIBIT INDEX
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION ------- ----------- 1* Form of Underwriting Agreement. 3.1 Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant. 3.2 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering. 3.3 By-Laws of the Registrant. 3.4 Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant, to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering. 4.1* Specimen certificate for shares of common stock. 5* Opinion of Hale and Dorr LLP. 10.1 1989 Stock Option Plan, as amended, including form of stock option agreement for incentive and non-statutory stock options. 10.2 Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Incentive Plan, including form of stock option agreement for incentive and non-statutory stock options. 10.3 1998 Director Stock Option Plan, including form of non-statutory stock option agreement. 10.4 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. 10.5 First Amendment and Restatement of Stock Rights and Voting Agreement, as amended. 10.6 Second Stock Rights Agreement, as amended. 10.7 Lease dated November 28, 1994, between the Registrant and Wenberry Associates L.L.C. 10.8* Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Mr. McGurl. 10.9* Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Mr. Mullen. 10.10* Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Mr. Eberle. 23.1 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP. 23.2* Consent of Hale and Dorr LLP (included in Exhibit 5). 24 Power of Attorney (included on page II-6). 27 Financial Data Schedule. |
Exhibit 3.1
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (de), INC.
FIRST. The name of the Corporation is: Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc.
SECOND. The address of its registered office in the state of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.
THIRD. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is as follows:
To engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
FOURTH. The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 15,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.001 par value per share.
The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
FIFTH. The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator is as follows:
NAME MAILING ADDRESS ---- --------------- Daniel M. McGurl c/o Bottomline Technologies, Inc. 155 Fleet Street Portsmouth, NH 03801-4050 |
SIXTH. In furtherance of and not in limitation of powers conferred by statute, it is further provided:
1. Election of directors need not be by written ballot.
2. The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation.
SEVENTH. Except to the extent that the General Corporation of Law of Delaware prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability. No amendment to or repeal of this provision shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment.
EIGHTH. The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, as amended from time to time, indemnify each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including any employee benefit plan) (all such persons being referred to hereafter as an "Indemnitee"), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of an Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom.
As a condition precedent to his right to be indemnified, the Indemnitee must notify the Corporation in writing as soon as practicable of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation involving him for which indemnity will or could be sought. With respect to any action, suit, proceeding or investigation of which the Corporation is so notified, the Corporation will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense and/or to assume the defense thereof at its own expense, with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to the Indemnitee.
made if it is determined that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
The Corporation shall not indemnify an Indemnitee seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee unless the initiation thereof was approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. In addition, the Corporation shall not indemnify an Indemnitee to the extent such Indemnitee is reimbursed from the proceeds of insurance, and in the event the Corporation makes any indemnification payments to an Indemnitee and such Indemnitee is subsequently reimbursed from the proceeds of insurance, such Indemnitee shall promptly refund such indemnification payments to the Corporation to the extent of such insurance reimbursement.
All determinations hereunder as to the entitlement of an Indemnitee to
indemnification or advancement of expenses shall be made in each instance by (a)
a majority vote of the directors of the Corporation consisting of persons who
are not at that time parties to the action, suit or proceeding in question
("disinterested directors"), whether or not a quorum, (b) a majority vote of a
quorum of the outstanding shares of stock of all classes entitled to vote for
directors, voting as a single class, which quorum shall consist of stockholders
who are not at that time parties to the action, suit or proceeding in question,
(c) independent legal counsel (who may, to the extent permitted by law, be
regular legal counsel to the Corporation), or (d) a court of competent
jurisdiction.
The indemnification rights provided in this Article (i) shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled under any law, agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, and (ii) shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of the Indemnitees. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by its Board of Directors, grant indemnification rights to other employees or agents of the Corporation or other persons serving the Corporation and such rights may be equivalent to, or greater or less than, those set forth in this Article.
NINTH. The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute and this Certificate of Incorporation, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.
EXECUTED at Portsmouth on August 12, 1997.
/s/ Daniel M. McGurl ----------------------------------- Daniel M. McGurl, Incorporator |
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (de), INC.
Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does hereby certify as follows:
1. The Corporation filed its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of the State of Delaware on August 12, 1997.
2. At a duly called meeting of the Board of Directors of the Corporation at which a quorum was present at all times, a resolution was duly adopted, pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, setting forth an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation and declaring said Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation advisable. The stockholders of the Corporation duly approved said proposed Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation by written consent in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The resolution setting forth the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is as follows:
RESOLVED: That the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, be and -------- hereby is amended and restated in its entirety so that the same shall read as follows:
FIRST. The name of the Corporation is:
Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc.
SECOND. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.
THIRD. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is as follows:
To engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the
Corporation shall have authority to issue is 54,000,000 shares, consisting of
(i) 50,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.001 par value per share ("Common
Stock"), and (ii) 4,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.001 par value per share
("Preferred Stock").
The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.
The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, each of such series to have such terms as stated or expressed herein and in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such series adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation as hereinafter provided. Any shares of Preferred Stock which may be redeemed, purchased or acquired by the Corporation may be reissued except as otherwise provided by law. Different series of Preferred Stock shall not be construed
to constitute different classes of shares for the purposes of voting by classes unless expressly provided.
Authority is hereby expressly granted to the Board of Directors from time to time to issue the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and in connection with the creation of any such series, by resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of the shares thereof, to determine and fix such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including without limitation thereof, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, as shall be stated and expressed in such resolutions, all to the full extent now or hereafter permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the resolutions providing for issuance of any series of Preferred Stock may provide that such series shall be superior or rank equally or be junior to the Preferred Stock of any other series to the extent permitted by law. Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, no vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock or Common Stock shall be a prerequisite to the designation or issuance of any shares of any series of the Preferred Stock authorized by and complying with the conditions of this Certificate of Incorporation, the right to have such vote being expressly waived by all present and future holders of the capital stock of the Corporation.
FIFTH. The Corporation shall have a perpetual existence.
SIXTH. In furtherance of and not in limitation of powers conferred by statute, it is further provided:
1. Election of directors need not be by written ballot, except as and to the extent provided in the By-Laws of the Corporation.
2. The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation, except as and to the extent provided in the By-Laws of the Corporation.
SEVENTH. Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof, or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this corporation under the provisions of section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this corporation under the provisions of section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this corporation, as
the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this corporation as consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this corporation, as the case may be, and also on this corporation.
EIGHTH. Except to the extent that the General Corporation Law of Delaware prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability. No amendment to or repeal of this provision shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment.
Indemnitee unless the initiation thereof was approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article, the Corporation shall not indemnify an Indemnitee to the extent such Indemnitee is reimbursed from the proceeds of insurance, and in the event the Corporation makes any indemnification payments to an Indemnitee and such Indemnitee is subsequently reimbursed from the proceeds of insurance, such Indemnitee shall promptly refund such indemnification payments to the Corporation to the extent of such insurance reimbursement.
TENTH. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute and this Certificate of Incorporation, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.
ELEVENTH. Stockholders of the Corporation may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article ELEVENTH.
TWELFTH. Special meetings of stockholders may be called at any time by only the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, President or the Board of Directors. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article TWELFTH.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused its corporate seal to be affixed hereto and this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer this _____ day of ___________, 1999.
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (de), INC.
EXHIBIT 3.3
BY-LAWS
OF
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (de), INC.
BY-LAWS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page ---- ARTICLE 1 - Stockholders........................................... 1 1.1 Place of Meetings....................................... 1 ----------------- 1.2 Annual Meeting.......................................... 1 -------------- 1.3 Special Meetings........................................ 1 ---------------- 1.4 Notice of Meetings...................................... 1 ------------------ 1.5 Voting List............................................. 2 ----------- 1.6 Quorum.................................................. 2 ------ 1.7 Adjournments............................................ 2 ------------ 1.8 Voting and Proxies...................................... 2 ------------------ 1.9 Action at Meeting....................................... 2 ----------------- 1.10 Action without Meeting.................................. 3 ---------------------- ARTICLE 2 - Directors.............................................. 3 2.1 General Powers.......................................... 3 -------------- 2.2 Number; Election and Qualification...................... 3 ---------------------------------- 2.3 Enlargement of the Board................................ 3 ------------------------ 2.4 Tenure.................................................. 3 ------ 2.5 Vacancies............................................... 4 --------- 2.6 Resignation............................................. 4 ----------- 2.7 Regular Meetings........................................ 4 ---------------- 2.8 Special Meetings........................................ 4 ---------------- 2.9 Notice of Special Meetings.............................. 4 -------------------------- 2.10 Meetings by Telephone Conference Calls.................. 4 -------------------------------------- 2.11 Quorum.................................................. 5 ------ 2.12 Action at Meeting....................................... 5 ----------------- 2.13 Action by Consent....................................... 5 ----------------- 2.14 Removal................................................. 5 ------- 2.15 Committees.............................................. 5 ---------- 2.16 Compensation of Directors............................... 6 ------------------------- ARTICLE 3 - Officers............................................... 6 3.1 Enumeration............................................. 6 ----------- 3.2 Election................................................ 6 -------- 3.3 Qualification........................................... 6 ------------- 3.4 Tenure.................................................. 6 ------ 3.5 Resignation and Removal................................. 6 ----------------------- |
3.6 Vacancies............................................... 7 --------- 3.7 Chairman of the Board and Vice-Chairman of the Board.... 7 ---------------------------------------------------- 3.8 President............................................... 7 --------- 3.9 Vice Presidents......................................... 7 --------------- 3.10 Secretary and Assistant Secretaries..................... 8 ----------------------------------- 3.11 Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers...................... 8 ---------------------------------- 3.12 Salaries................................................ 8 -------- ARTICLE 4 - Capital Stock.......................................... 9 4.1 Issuance of Stock....................................... 9 ----------------- 4.2 Certificates of Stock................................... 9 --------------------- 4.3 Transfers............................................... 9 --------- 4.4 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.................. 10 -------------------------------------- 4.5 Record Date............................................. 10 ----------- ARTICLE 5 - General Provisions..................................... 11 5.1 Fiscal Year............................................. 11 ----------- 5.2 Corporate Seal.......................................... 11 -------------- 5.3 Waiver of Notice........................................ 11 ---------------- 5.4 Voting of Securities.................................... 11 -------------------- 5.5 Evidence of Authority................................... 11 --------------------- 5.6 Certificate of Incorporation............................ 11 ---------------------------- 5.7 Transactions with Interested Parties.................... 11 ------------------------------------ 5.8 Severability............................................ 12 ------------ 5.9 Pronouns................................................ 12 -------- ARTICLE 6 - Amendments............................................. 12 6.1 By the Board of Directors............................... 12 ------------------------- 6.2 By the Stockholders..................................... 12 ------------------- |
BY-LAWS
OF
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (de), INC.
majority of the votes cast on a matter) shall decide any matter to be voted upon by the stockholders at such meeting, except when a different vote is required by express provision of law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws. When a quorum is present at any meeting, any election by stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast on the election.
meeting can hear each other, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each such committee shall keep minutes and make such reports as the Board of Directors may from time to time request. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these By-laws for the Board of Directors.
Any officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by vote of a majority of the entire number of directors then in office.
Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, no officer who resigns or is removed shall have any right to any compensation as an officer for any period following his resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal, whether his compensation be by the month or by the year or otherwise, unless such compensation is expressly provided in a duly authorized written agreement with the corporation.
Any Assistant Secretary shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors), shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.
In the absence of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary at any meeting of stockholders or directors, the person presiding at the meeting shall designate a temporary secretary to keep a record of the meeting.
The Assistant Treasurers shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the President or the Treasurer may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer, (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.
Each certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws, applicable securities laws or any agreement among any number of shareholders or among such holders and the corporation shall have conspicuously noted on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction.
If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of each certificate representing shares of such class or series of stock, provided that in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of each certificate representing shares of such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests a copy of the full text of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.
accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of authority or the authenticity of signature as the corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. Except as may be otherwise required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, the corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect to such stock, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock until the shares have been transferred on the books of the corporation in accordance with the requirements of these By-laws.
If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day before the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day before the day on which the meeting is held. The record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is properly delivered to the corporation. The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.
A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
(1) The material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum;
(2) The material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or
(3) The contract or transaction is fair as to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee of the Board of Directors, or the stockholders.
Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS
OF
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (de), INC.
provision of law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws. Any election by stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote at the election.
The chairman of the meeting may, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedure, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.
properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, if such business
relates to the election of directors of the corporation, the procedures in
Section 10 of Article I must be complied with. If such business relates to any
other matter, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing
to the Secretary. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to or
mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the corporation not
less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to the meeting; provided, however,
that in the event that less than 70 days' notice or prior public disclosure of
the date of the meeting is given or made to stockholders, notice by the
stockholder to be timely must be so received not later than the close of
business on the 10th day following the date on which such notice of the date of
the meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was made, whichever occurs
first. A stockholder's notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to each matter
the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (a) a brief
description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and
the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (b) the name and
address, as they appear on the corporation's books, of the stockholder proposing
such business, (c) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are
beneficially owned by the stockholder, and (d) any material interest of the
stockholder in such business. Notwithstanding anything in these By-Laws to the
contrary, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in
accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 11 and except that any
stockholder proposal which complies with Rule 14a-8 of the proxy rules (or any
successor provision) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, and is to be included in the corporation's proxy statement for an
annual meeting of stockholders shall be deemed to comply with the requirements
of this Section 11.
The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11, and if he should so determine, the chairman shall so declare to the meeting that any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.
directors so as to ensure that no one class has more than one director more than any other class. To the extent possible, consistent with the foregoing rule, any newly created directorships shall be added to those classes whose terms of office are to expire at the latest dates following such allocation, and any newly eliminated directorships shall be subtracted from those classes whose terms of offices are to expire at the earliest dates following such allocation, unless otherwise provided from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.
directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these By-Laws for the Board of Directors.
Any officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by vote of a majority of the entire number of directors then in office.
Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, no officer who resigns or is removed shall have any right to any compensation as an officer for any period following his resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of
such removal, whether his compensation be by the month or by the year or otherwise, unless such compensation is expressly provided in a duly authorized written agreement with the corporation.
Officer may from time to time prescribe. In addition, the Secretary shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of the secretary, including without limitation the duty and power to give notices of all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, to attend all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors and keep a record of the proceedings, to maintain a stock ledger and prepare lists of stockholders and their addresses as required, to be custodian of corporate records and the corporate seal and to affix and attest to the same on documents.
Any Assistant Secretary shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.
In the absence of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary at any meeting of stockholders or directors, the person presiding at the meeting shall designate a temporary secretary to keep a record of the meeting.
The Assistant Treasurers shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Treasurer may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.
Each certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-Laws, applicable securities laws or any agreement among any number of stockholders or among such holders and the corporation shall have conspicuously noted on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction.
If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day before the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day before the day on which the meeting is held. The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.
A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
a. The material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum;
b. The material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or
c. The contract or transaction is fair as to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee of the Board of Directors, or the stockholders.
Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
Exhibit 10.1
THIS STOCK OPTION PLAN (this "Plan"), dated August 1, 1989 (the "Effective Date") established by and for the benefit of Bottomline Technologies, Inc., a New Hampshire corporation (the "Company"). This Plan was adopted on the Effective Date and duly amended on September 27, 1989 and August 24, 1995 by the Board of Directors (the "Board") and the shareholders of the Company in the manner specified by New Hampshire Revised Statutes Annotated ("RSA") 293-A:20.
This Plan is intended to provide employees and directors of the Company with opportunities to purchase stock in the Company pursuant to options granted under this Plan. Certain of those options may qualify as "incentive stock options" ("ISO" or "ISOs") under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and certain of those options may not qualify as ISOs and thereby be treated as non-qualified options ("NQO" or "NQOs"). Both ISOs and NQOs are referred to in this Plan individually as an "Option" and collectively as "Options."
(a) This Plan shall be supervised and administered by the Board. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Board shall, subject to the provisions of this Plan, have the authority to determine:
(i) the particular employees and/or directors of the Company to whom Options may be granted;
(ii) the time or times at which Options may be granted;
(iii) the option price of the Shares subject to each Option;
(iv) whether each Option granted shall be an ISO or an NQO;
(v) the time or times when each Option shall be exercisable and the manner of exercise; and
(vi) what restrictions (including, without limitation, transferability restrictions), if any, shall be imposed on the Shares subject to each Option and the nature of any such restrictions.
(b) The Board shall be responsible for interpreting and construing the provisions of this Plan, and the Board may adapt, amend, and rescind such rules and regulations for the administration of this Plan as the Board may deem necessary or desirable.
(c) No member of the Board shall vote on the grant of an Option to such member or any other decision taken by the Board with respect to any Option granted to such member; provided, that any such member may (i) be counted in determining the existence of a quorum at any meeting of the Board during which action is taken with respect to any Option granted to such member, and (ii) sign a unanimous written consent containing such a vote.
(d) All actions taken by the Board in the administration of this Plan shall be final and binding on all interested parties. Neither the Board nor any member of the Board shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to this Plan or any Option granted under this Plan.
(a) Each ISO must be granted within ten (10) years from the Effective Date.
(b) No ISO shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date such ISO is granted.
(c) The option price of each Share under each ISO shall not be less than the Fair Market Value (as defined below) of such Share at the time such ISO is granted. For purposes hereof, the "Fair Market Value" of a Share shall, if the Company's Stock is publicly traded, be determined as of the last business day for which the prices or quotes discussed in this sentence are available prior to the date such ISO is granted and shall mean (i) the average (on that date) of the high and low per share prices of the Stock on the principal national securities exchange on which the Stock is traded, if the Stock is then traded on a national securities exchange; or (ii) the last reported sale price per share (on that date) of the Stock on the Nasdaq National Market, if the Stock is not then traded on a national securities exchange; or (iii) the closing per share bid price (or average of bid prices) last quoted (on that date) by an established quotation service for over-the-counter securities, if the Stock is not reported on the Nasdaq National Market. However, if the Company's Stock is not publicly traded at the time an Option is granted under this Plan, "Fair Market Value" shall be deemed to be the per share fair value of the Stock as determined by the Board after taking into consideration all factors which it deems appropriate (including, without limitation, any recent sale and offer prices of the Stock in private transactions negotiated at arm's length).
(d) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (b) and (c) above, in the case of an ISO to be granted to an employee who, applying the rules of attribution set forth in Section 425(d) of the Code, owns shares of Stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (or, if applicable, of any parent or subsidiary corporation of the Company (individually a "Related Corporation" and collectively the "Related Corporations")), (i) the per-share option price shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the per-share Fair Market Value of the Stock at the time such ISO is granted, and (ii) the ISO shall not be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date such ISO is granted.
(e) No ISO shall be transferable by the optionee otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and each ISO shall be exercisable, during the optionee's lifetime, only by the optionee.
(f) The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time an ISO is granted) of the Shares for which ISOs granted to any employee are exercisable for the first time by such employee during any calendar year (under all stock option plans of the Company and its Related Corporations) shall not exceed the sum of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00).
(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Plan or in any Stock Option Agreement, in the event that this Plan is not approved by the Company's stockholders within twelve (12) months before or after the date this Plan is adopted by the Board, then any ISO granted by the Board under this Plan shall automatically be deemed to be, and shall become, an NQO.
(a) the provisions of the Stock Option Agreements need not be the same;
(b) the provisions of Section 4 above shall not prohibit the inclusion of one or more of the restrictions set forth therein in the Stock Option Agreement for any NQO (or, in the event that at the time of the grant of an ISO any such restriction is not required by the Code, for any such ISO); and
(c) the provisions of this Plan shall not prohibit the inclusion of additional restrictions in the Stock Option Agreement for any Option.
(a) If the outstanding shares of the Stock shall be subdivided or combined into a greater or smaller number of shares or if the Company shall issue any shares of the Stock as a stock dividend on its outstanding Stock, the number of Shares of the Stock to be delivered upon the exercise of such Option shall be proportionately increased or decreased (as the case may be) and appropriate adjustments shall be made in the option price per Share to reflect such subdivision, combination, or stock dividend.
(b) In the event of a merger, consolidation, acquisition, recapitalization, or other reorganization involving the Company pursuant to which securities of the Company or of another corporation are issued with respect to the outstanding shares of the Stock, the optionee, upon exercising such Option, shall be entitled to receive for the option price paid upon such exercise the securities the
optionee would have received if the optionee had exercised such Option immediately prior to such event.
(c) In the event of the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the dissolution of the Company, or the adoption of a plan of liquidation of the Company, such Option will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of the proposed action or at such other time and subject to such other conditions as shall be determined by the Board.
(d) Except as expressly provided in this Section, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of the Shares subject to any Options granted under this Plan. Furthermore, no adjustments shall be made for dividends paid in cash or in property other than securities of the Company.
(e) No fractional shares shall be issued under this Plan, and the optionee shall receive from the Company cash in lieu of any such fractional shares.
(f) Upon the happening of any of the events described in subsections
(a) or (b) above, the Aggregate Number of Shares shall also be appropriately
adjusted.
(g) If any optionee owning restricted Shares obtained by exercise of an Option granted under this Plan receives additional shares or other securities in connection with a transaction described in subsections (a) or (b) above as a result of owning such restricted Shares, then, unless otherwise determined by the Board, such additional shares or other securities shall be subject to all of the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to the restricted Shares with respect to which such additional shares or other securities were issued.
shall again be available for grants of Options under this Plan. If any Shares purchased by an optionee pursuant to the exercise of an Option are repurchased by the Company, then the repurchased Shares shall again be available for grants of Options under this Plan.
and timing of such income (and deduction by the Company) will instead be based on the fair market value of the shares on the date the Section 16(b) restriction lapses as to such shares. Upon a subsequent disposition of the shares, the optionee will realize short-term or long-term capital gain or loss. The Company will not be entitled to any further deduction at that time.
(a) As used in this Plan, a "Disqualifying Disposition" shall mean any sale or other disposition of any Shares acquired by an employee-optionee pursuant to the exercise of an ISO within the time periods described in Section 422 of the Code (i.e., currently described as the later of two (2) years from the date of the granting of the Option or one (1) year after the transfer of such Shares to the employee-optionee); provided, that a Disqualifying Disposition shall not include a disposition of any Shares after the death of the employee-optionee.
(b) Each employee-optionee to whom an ISO is granted must notify the Company in writing immediately after the employee-optionee makes a Disqualifying Disposition of any Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of such ISO. Any such employee-optionee must also provide the Company with any additional information which the Company requests concerning any such Disqualifying Disposition.
(c) The execution of a Stock Option Agreement covering an ISO shall be deemed to be an acknowledgment by the employee-optionee that the employee- optionee will forfeit any favorable income tax treatment otherwise available with respect to the exercise of the ISO and purchase of Shares thereunder if the employee-optionee subsequently makes a Disqualifying Disposition of such Shares.
THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), made as of ____________, 19__ (the "Effective Date"), by and between Bottomline Technologies, Inc., a New Hampshire corporation with a principal place of business at 155 Fleet Street, Portsmouth, New Hampshire 03801 (the "Company"); and ___________________ (the "Employee").
The Company has established a certain Stock Option Plan dated August 1, 1989, as amended (the "Plan"), authorizing the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") to grant options to certain persons, whereby such persons shall be entitled to purchase shares of the Company's capital stock, One Dollar ($1.00) par value (the "Stock"). The Plan provides for the issuance of "incentive stock options" ("ISO" or "ISOs") to employees of the Company pursuant to Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and also for the issuance of options which do not qualify as ISOs ("NQO" or "NQOs"). Pursuant to the Plan, the Board has granted to the Employee an option to purchase certain shares of Stock, and the Employee desires to accept said grant, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and of this Agreement. It is intended that the option covered by this Agreement qualify as an ISO.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Employee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
Number of Shares Purchase Price per Share ---------------- ------------------------ $ |
(a) The Option shall be exercisable by the Employee during the period(s) and for the number of Shares set forth below:
Exercise Period(s) ------------------ Begin Date End Date Number of Shares ---------- -------- ---------------- |
(b) Each "Begin Date" and "End Date" set forth in subsection (a) above specifies an applicable period of time (an "Exercise Period") during which the Employee is entitled to exercise the Option and the number of Shares as to which the Option may be exercised during such Exercise Period.
(c) Notwithstanding the "Begin Date" and "End Date" specifications in subsection (a) above, each such specified "Begin Date" and "End Date" is subject to acceleration as set forth in Section 3 below.
(i) Such accelerated date (the "Accelerated End Date") shall be the first business day prior to the date on which the anticipated Stock Reorganization is expected to close (the "Expected Closing Date"). Written notice of the Accelerated End Date and the anticipated Stock Reorganization shall be given by the Company to the Employee not less than thirty (30) days prior to the Accelerated End Date.
(ii) With respect to any Exercise Period for which the "Begin Date" has not yet occurred, the "End Date" may not be accelerated unless the "Begin Date" for such Exercise Period is also accelerated to a date not less than thirty (30) days prior to the Accelerated End Date.
(iii) Any such acceleration of the "Begin Date" or "End Date" for any Exercise Period is hereby made expressly conditional on the closing of such Stock Reorganization. If such Stock Reorganization does not close, either on the Expected Closing Date or on any subsequent closing date as to which the Company has agreed, the original "Begin Date" and "End Date" for such Exercise Period will automatically be reinstated and any exercise of the Option with respect to the Shares covered by such Exercise Period prior to the original "Begin Date" will be null and void and of no force or effect.
(i) If, during the term of the Option, the Company intends to make
an Asset Sale, then the Company shall provide the Employee with written
notice of the Asset Sale and the expected date on which the closing of such
Asset Sale will take place (the "Expected Closing Date") at least thirty
(30) days prior to the Expected Closing Date. If the "End Date" for such
Exercise Period occurs on or after the Expected Closing Date, then it will
automatically be accelerated to be the first business day prior to the
Expected Closing Date. If the "Begin Date" for such Exercise Period does
not occur on or before thirty (30) days prior to the Expected Closing Date,
then it will automatically be accelerated to the date that is thirty (30)
days prior to the Expected Closing Date.
(ii) Any such acceleration of the "Begin Date" or "End Date" for any Exercise Period is hereby made expressly conditional on the closing of such Asset Sale. If such Asset Sale does not close, either on the Expected Closing Date or on any subsequent closing date as to which the Company has agreed, the original "Begin Date" and "End Date" for such Exercise Period will automatically be reinstated and any exercise of the Option with respect to the Shares covered by such Exercise Period prior to the original "Begin Date" will be null and void and of no force or effect.
Asset Sale, as the case may be, occurs (in which event the Employee's purchase of Shares shall be deemed to have occurred immediately prior to such closing), or (ii) the Company notifies the escrow agent that such closing will not occur (in which event the escrow agent shall return the written notice and payment to the Employee and the stock certificate(s) to the Company).
(a) The Option shall be exercisable by the Employee in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan and the following terms and conditions:
(i) With respect to the number of Shares as to which the Option may be exercised by the Employee during any Exercise Period (the "Exercisable Shares"), the Employee may only exercise the Option as to all or any portion of the Exercisable Shares if the Employee has been in the continuous employ of the Company from the date of this Agreement to the date of exercise.
(b) The Employee's failure to exercise the Option during any Exercise Period for the entire number of Exercisable Shares covered by such Exercise Period shall be deemed to be a waiver by the Employee of all rights to purchase any Exercisable Shares not so purchased during such Exercise Period and, thereafter, the Employee shall have no further rights of purchase with respect to any such Exercisable Shares not so purchased. Such a failure by the Employee shall not,
however, affect the Employee's rights hereunder to purchase Exercisable Shares in any unexpired Exercise Period.
(c) There is no requirement that the Employee either exercise or not exercise the Option, in whole or in part.
(d) The Company shall not be obligated to issue any Shares under this Agreement until such time as such Shares have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and all applicable state securities laws or until the Company receives an opinion of counsel satisfactory (both as to opinion and counsel) to the Company that such issuance is exempt from registration under said laws.
(e) The Employee shall not be deemed to be a holder of any of the Shares unless and until certificates for such Shares are issued by the Company.
(f) The proceeds received by the Company from any exercise of the Option may be used for any of the Company's general corporate purposes.
(a) The Employee has been afforded the opportunity by the Company to ask questions and request information to acquire detailed knowledge and information concerning the business affairs and operations of the Company and its financial condition and prospects. As a result of such opportunity to ask questions and review information, and also as the result of the Employee's employment by the Company and the business background, training, and expertise of the Employee (and/or of the advisors with whom the Employee has consulted), the Employee is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Shares and is in a position to
comprehend, weigh, and assess such knowledge and information in a meaningful fashion. The Employee acknowledges that the Employee has reviewed and has received copies of the Plan, the Articles of Incorporation, and the Bylaws.
(b) The Employee acknowledges and agrees that, in entering into this Agreement and in exercising the Option, the Employee is not relying upon, and will not rely upon, any statements, representations, or warranties, whether oral or written, made by any shareholder, officer, director, representative, agent, or employee of the Company, or any affiliate thereof, except for those set forth in any historic financial statements provided to Employee by the Company. Further, the Employee acknowledges and agrees that any business and financial projections of the Company that may be provided by the Company are solely for purposes of describing the Company's future business and financial goals and are not intended to be, nor are they, representations or guaranties of the Company's future performance. Accordingly, the Employee is not relying upon, and will not rely upon, any such projections in entering into this Agreement or in exercising the Option.
(c) The address set forth above is the true and correct residence of the Employee, and the Employee has no present intention of becoming a resident of any other state or jurisdiction.
(d) The Employee understands that neither the Option nor the Shares have been registered under the Securities Act or any state securities laws and that there is no present intention to so register them.
(e) The Option is being acquired by the Employee solely for the Employee's own account, for investment, and not with a view to or for the resale, distribution, subdivision, or fractionalization of the Shares that are permitted to be acquired by the Employee thereunder. At such times as the Employee may exercise the Option, the Shares so acquired will be acquired solely for the Employee's own account, for investment, and not with a view to or for the resale, distribution, subdivision, or fractionalization thereof.
(f) The Employee acknowledges and is aware that (i) there are substantial restrictions on the transferability of the Shares (including the restrictions set forth in the Stock Restriction Agreement), (ii) the Shares will not be, and the Employee has no rights to require that the Shares be, registered under the Securities Act or any state securities laws, and (iii) there will be no public market for the Shares and, accordingly, if the Option is exercised, the Employee may have to hold the Shares indefinitely without the possibility of liquidating the Employee's investment in the Company.
(g) As of the date of this Agreement and at such time(s) as the Employee may exercise the Option, the Employee has and will have (i) adequate means of
providing for the Employee's needs and possible personal and family
contingencies, (ii) no need for liquidity in the Employee's investment, and
(iii) the ability to bear the economic risk of an investment in the Shares.
(h) The Employee has entered into this Agreement and is participating in the Plan voluntarily.
(a) Except as otherwise specifically set forth in subsection (b) below, the Option may not be assigned or transferred by the Employee, in whole or in part, and the Option may be exercised only during the lifetime of the Employee and only by the Employee. The Option shall not be subject to the claims of the Employee's creditors, nor shall the Option be liable to attachment, execution, or other process of law.
(b) If the Employee dies at a time when the Employee would otherwise have been entitled to exercise the Option, then, at any time or times within the Beneficiary Exercise Period (as defined below), the Option may be exercised, as to all or any of the Shares which the Employee was entitled to purchase immediately prior to the Employee's death, by the Employee's executor or administrator or the person or persons to whom the Option is transferred by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution (the "Employee's Beneficiary"). Any Shares so purchased shall be subject to any repurchase rights of the Company under the Articles of Incorporation, the Bylaws, the Stock Restriction Agreement, or the Laws. Payment of the Purchase Price for any Shares being purchased and that will be repurchased by the Company may, at the election of the Employee's Beneficiary, be made via a set off against the repurchase price payable by the Company to the Employee's Beneficiary. Except as so exercised, the Option shall expire at the end of the Beneficiary Exercise Period. For purposes of this subsection (b), the "Beneficiary Exercise Period" shall mean the period beginning on the date of the Employee's death and ending three (3) months following the date of the Employee's death.
transferred unless (a) they are subsequently registered thereunder or exemptions from such registrations are available, (b) the Company receives an opinion of counsel satisfactory (both as to counsel and opinion) to the Company that such transfer complies with federal and state securities laws, and (c) the applicable restrictions on transfer as contained in this Agreement, the Articles of Incorporation, the Bylaws, and the Stock Restriction Agreement have been complied with. Neither the Company nor any of its officers, directors, or shareholders has agreed or represented to the Employee that the Shares acquired pursuant to the Option will be purchased or redeemed from the Employee at any time in the future. Further, there have been no representations, promises, or agreements that the Shares so acquired will be registered under the Securities Act or relevant state securities laws at any time in the future or otherwise qualified for sale under applicable securities laws. The Company does not intend to make available to the public information concerning itself so as to permit shareholders to use Rule 144 of the Rules and Regulations under the Securities Act for transfer of Shares.
(a) If the Employee makes a Disqualifying Disposition (as defined in subsection (d) below), the Employee agrees to provide the Company with written notice thereof immediately following such Disqualifying Disposition. The Employee also agrees to provide the Company with any additional information which the Company requests concerning any such Disqualifying Disposition. The Employee acknowledges that the Employee will forfeit any favorable income tax treatment otherwise available to the Employee with respect to the exercise of the Option and purchase of Shares if the Employee subsequently makes a Disqualifying Disposition of such Shares.
(b) If the Company in its discretion determines that it is obligated to withhold tax with respect to a Disqualifying Disposition of any Shares, the Employee hereby agrees that the Company may withhold from the Employee's wages the appropriate amount of any federal, state, and/or local withholding taxes attributable to such Disqualifying Disposition. The Employee further agrees that, if the Company does not, or is unable for any reason to, withhold an amount from the Employee's wages sufficient to satisfy the Company's withholding obligation, the Employee will reimburse the Company on demand, in cash, for the amount of the deficiency.
(c) While it is intended that the Option qualify as an ISO for purposes of the Code, the Company does not represent or warrant to the Employee that the Option will have such ISO status. The Company hereby advises the Employee to consult with his or her own tax advisors with respect to the tax treatment that will be accorded the Option. The Employee hereby releases the Company from any claim pertaining to any tax liabilities incurred by the Employee resulting from the granting
of the Option by the Company, the exercise of the Option by the Employee, or any disposition of Shares.
(d) As used in this Agreement, a "Disqualifying Disposition" shall mean any sale or other disposition by the Employee of any of the Shares within the time periods described in Section 422(a)(1) of the Code (i.e., currently described as the later of two (2) years from the date of the granting of the Option or one (1) year after the transfer of such Shares to the Employee); provided, that a Disqualifying Disposition shall not include a disposition of any Shares after the death of the Employee.
BEFORE SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT AND BEFORE ANY EXERCISE OF THE OPTION, THE EMPLOYEE SHOULD READ THIS ENTIRE AGREEMENT (INCLUDING EXHIBITS A AND B ATTACHED HERETO), THE PLAN, THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION, THE BYLAWS, AND THE OTHER AGREEMENTS, DOCUMENTS, AND INFORMATION REFERRED TO IN THIS AGREEMENT. ANY INVESTMENT IN THE STOCK OF A CORPORATION INVOLVES CERTAIN INHERENT RISKS, AND THE EMPLOYEE SHOULD BE AWARE THAT SUCH RISKS (INCLUDING THE POSSIBILITY OF THE COMPANY'S STOCK BECOMING WORTHLESS) ARE INVOLVED IN ANY INVESTMENT IN THE SHARES. THE COMPANY MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WITH RESPECT TO THE ECONOMIC RETURN OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE SHARES. THE EMPLOYEE SHOULD CONSULT HIS OR HER OWN COUNSEL, ACCOUNTANT, AND/OR BUSINESS ADVISORS AS TO THE TAX AND OTHER CONSEQUENCES OF EXERCISING THE OPTION. THERE ARE SUBSTANTIAL LIMITATIONS ON THE LIQUIDITY, TRANSFERABILITY, AND MARKETABILITY OF THE SHARES WHICH ARE REFERRED TO IN THIS AGREEMENT AND WHICH SHOULD BE REVIEWED THOROUGHLY BY THE EMPLOYEE.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have executed this Agreement all as of the date first above written.
Bottomline Technologies, Inc.
_________________________ By:_________________________ Witness Signature and Title Employee: --------- _________________________ ____________________________ Witness Name |
EXHIBIT A
TO
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
STOCK OPTION PLAN
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (INCENTIVE)
The undersigned (the "Employee"), being an employee of Bottomline Technologies, Inc. (the "Company") and the holder of a stock option (the "Option") granted pursuant to a Stock Option Agreement dated_______________ (the "Agreement") by and between the Company and the Employee (a copy of the Agreement being attached hereto), hereby, pursuant to Section 4 of the Agreement, gives written notice to the Company that the Employee is exercising the Option, as follows:
Begin Date:
End Date:
4. The Employee hereby (a) confirms the truth and accuracy, as of the
date hereof, of the Employee's representations and warranties as set forth in
Section 6 of the Agreement, and (b) tenders to the Company the full amount of
the purchase price for the number of Shares being exercised, all as set forth
above.
Dated: __________, 19__ _______________________________ Signature of EMPLOYEE |
Bottomline Technologies, Inc. hereby confirms that the Employee has exercised the Option in accordance with the provisions of Section 4 of the Agreement and that the Employee has made payment in full of the purchase price for the number of Shares being exercised by this Notice of Exercise.
Bottomline Technologies, Inc.
Dated: __________, 19__ By:_____________________________ Signature and Title
EXHIBIT B
TO
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
STOCK OPTION PLAN
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (INCENTIVE)
THIS STOCK RESTRICTION AGREEMENT, made as of _______________, by and between BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a New Hampshire corporation having a principal place of business at 155 Fleet Street, Portsmouth, New Hampshire 03801 (the "Corporation"); and _____________________ (the "Shareholder").
The Shareholder has exercised a certain stock option granted to the Shareholder by the Corporation pursuant to that certain Stock Option Agreement dated August 22, 1996 (the "Stock Option Agreement"). As the result of such exercise, the Shareholder is acquiring certain shares of the stock of the Corporation. Under the Stock Option Agreement, the Shareholder's exercise of the option granted thereunder is conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this agreement by the Corporation and the Shareholder.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals and the mutual promises and undertakings set forth herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:
(i) either (A) the taking of any share of Shares by foreclosure or under attachment, by execution, or otherwise by court order, (B) the subjecting of any share of Shares to any lien or encumbrance by operation of law or otherwise, (C) any transfer of legal or equitable ownership of any share of Shares by court order or by operation of law (excluding transfers resulting from the death of a Shareholder), or (D) any other proceeding or action which results in the involuntary loss of legal or equitable ownership of any share of Shares; or
(ii) the filing of a voluntary or involuntary petition in bankruptcy or the initiation of voluntary or involuntary receivership, consolidation, or insolvency proceedings by, against, or with respect to the Shareholder under the laws of the United States or of any state (and, in the case of an involuntary petition or proceeding, the failure to cause the same to be discharged or discontinued within sixty (60) days from the date of the filing or initiation thereof).
(a) No Voluntary Transfer of any Shares shall be made unless (i) the Shareholder proposes to transfer said Shares (the "Affected Shares") pursuant to a Bona Fide Offer, and (ii) the Shareholder provides the Board with written notice of the proposed Voluntary Transfer, including a photostatic copy of the Bona Fide Offer. For a period of sixty (60) days from the Board's receipt of said written notice (the "Option Period"), the Corporation shall have an option (the "Voluntary Transfer Option") to purchase the Affected Shares pursuant to the provisions of Section 4 below; and, for purposes of Sections 4 and 5 below, the "Purchase Price" shall be equal to the price per share set forth in or determined by the Bona Fide Offer.
(b) In the event that the Voluntary Transfer Option is not exercised as to all of the Affected Shares, then any partial exercise of the Voluntary Transfer Option shall be deemed null and void and the Shareholder shall be entitled, for a period of sixty (60) days thereafter, to make the proposed Voluntary Transfer of all, but not less than all, of the Affected Shares on the terms and conditions and to the transferee identified in the Bona Fide Offer. Any such transferred Affected Shares and the transferee thereof shall be governed by and subject to the provisions of this agreement with respect to any further sale, disposition, or other transfer of all or any portion of all or any portion thereof.
(a) In the event of the death of the Shareholder, the Corporation shall have an option (the "Death Option") to purchase all of the Shares then owned by the Shareholder (the "Affected Shares") pursuant to the provisions of Section 4 below for a period (the "Option Period") ending one hundred twenty (120) days following the date of the Shareholder's death; and, for purposes of Sections 4 and 5 below, the "Purchase Price" shall be equal to the Fair Value. In the event that the Death Option is not exercised as to all of the Affected Shares, then the Affected Shares not so purchased shall be transferred according to the Shareholder's will or by the laws of
intestate succession, as the case may be, and such transferred Affected Shares and the transferee thereof shall be governed by and subject to the provisions of this agreement with respect to any further sale, disposition, or other transfer of all or any portion thereof.
(b) In the event of the Withdrawal of the Shareholder, the Corporation shall have an option (the "Withdrawal Option") to purchase all of the Shares then owned by the Shareholder (the "Affected Shares") pursuant to the provisions of Section 4 below for a period (the "Option Period") ending ninety (90) days following the later of (i) the date of the Corporation's discovery of said Withdrawal, or (ii) the effective date of said Withdrawal; and, for purposes of Sections 4 and 5 below, the "Purchase Price" shall be equal to the Fair Value. In the event that the Withdrawal Option is not exercised as to all of the Affected Shares, then the Affected Shares not so purchased and the Shareholder shall continue to be governed by and subject to the provisions of this agreement with respect to any further sale, disposition, or other transfer of all or any portion thereof.
(c) In the event of an Involuntary Transfer of any or all of the Shares, the Corporation shall have an option (the "Involuntary Transfer Option") to purchase any or all of said involuntarily transferred shares of Shares (the "Affected Shares") pursuant to the provisions of Section 4 below for a period (the "Option Period") of ninety (90) days from and after the date of the Corporation's discovery of said Involuntary Transfer; and, for purposes of Sections 4 and 5 below, the "Purchase Price" shall be equal to the Fair Value. In the event that the Involuntary Transfer Option is not exercised as to all of the Affected Shares, then the Affected Shares not so purchased shall be transferred according to the terms of the Involuntary Transfer and such transferred Affected Shares and the transferee thereof shall be governed by and subject to the provisions of this agreement with respect to any further sale, disposition, or other transfer of all or any portion thereof.
(a) Upon the occurrence of an event giving rise to an option to the Corporation to purchase Affected Shares pursuant to Sections 2 or 3 above, a meeting of the Board shall be held pursuant to the notice requirements of the Bylaws of the Corporation within the Option Period.
(b) At such meeting, all of the Affected Shares shall be subject to an option by the Corporation (which shall be assignable by the Corporation in whole or in part) to purchase, redeem, or retire all or any portion of the Affected Shares at the Purchase Price. Said option shall be exercised, if at all, during the course of such meeting by majority vote of the directors of the Corporation.
(c) In the event of the exercise of the foregoing option, the Corporation shall give written notice of such exercise to the Shareholder, to all other stockholders, and to any third party ordering or benefitted by an Involuntary Transfer of the Affected Shares. Said written notice shall (i) state the total number of shares of the Affected Shares to be purchased at the Purchase Price, and (ii) set forth the total Purchase Price for the shares of the Affected Shares to be purchased by the exercise of said option.
(d) The purchase options given to the Corporation in this agreement may be waived by the Corporation at a duly called meeting of the Board.
(a) In the event of any purchase, redemption, or retirement of any shares of Shares pursuant to this agreement, the closing with respect thereto shall be held:
(i) if the Purchase Event giving rise thereto is the death of the Shareholder, then at the principal office of the Corporation at 10:00 a.m. on (A) the one hundred eightieth (180th) day following appointment of the executor or administrator for the deceased stockholder's estate, or (B) on such earlier date following such appointment as to which the Board shall give not less than ten (10) days' prior written notice;
(ii) if the Purchase Event giving rise thereto is a proposed Voluntary Transfer pursuant to a Bona Fide Offer, then on the terms and conditions set forth in the Bona Fide Offer; or
(iii) if the Purchase Event giving rise thereto is an Involuntary Transfer or a Withdrawal, then at the principal office of the Corporation at 10:00 a.m. on (A) the sixtieth (60th) day following the date of the meeting of the Board referred to in Section 4(a) above, or (B) on such earlier date as to which the Board shall give not less than ten (10) days' prior written notice;
or at such other date, time, and/or place as the parties may agree.
(b) If all of the shares of the Shares owned by the Shareholder are being purchased at the closing, then (i) any Shares being sold other than to the Corporation shall first be purchased and paid for, and (ii) any Shares being purchased by the Corporation shall then be purchased and paid for, so that the Corporation's purchase, redemption, or retirement shall effect a complete termination of the Shareholder's ownership of the Shares.
(c) If the closing is held with respect to a proposed Voluntary Transfer pursuant to a Bona Fide Offer, then the Purchase Price for the Affected Shares shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the Bona Fide Offer. Otherwise, the Purchase Price for the Affected Shares shall be paid as follows:
(i) that portion of the Purchase Price, if any, which is funded by insurance proceeds shall be paid on the closing date by the purchaser in cash or by bank, certified, or cashier's check; and
(ii) that portion of the Purchase Price which is not funded by insurance proceeds shall be paid on the closing date by the purchaser, at the purchaser's option, either (A) in cash or by bank, certified, or cashier's check, and/or (B) by the execution and delivery of the purchaser's promissory note, as specified below; provided, that the principal amount of any such promissory note shall not exceed ninety percent (90%) of the Purchase Price.
Any promissory note delivered pursuant to subsection (c)(ii) above shall permit prepayment without penalty and shall provide for the payment of the principal balance thereof, with interest thereon at a rate per annum equal to the "prime" or "base" rate (or, if both, then the lower thereof) in effect on the closing date for the bank with which the Corporation then maintains its primary banking relationship, in twenty (20) equal, consecutive quarterly installments, commencing three (3) months from the closing date.
(d) At the closing, the original certificate(s) for all shares of the Affected Shares being purchased shall be transferred, assigned, and delivered (either duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate stock transfer powers duly executed) to the purchaser free and clear of all liens and encumbrances whatsoever, except as specifically set forth in this agreement.
"The shares of stock represented by this certificate are subject to and are transferable only upon compliance with the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Corporation and a certain Stock Restriction Agreement dated ____________________ by and between the Corporation and the holder hereof restricting the transfer of said shares, copies of which are filed with the Secretary of the Corporation. The shares of stock represented by the within certificate are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the State of New Hampshire Uniform Securities Act (RSA Chapter 421-B), or any other state securities acts. Said shares may not be transferred until they are registered under said acts, except upon delivery to the Corporation of (a) an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Corporation that registration under said acts is not required for such transfer, or (b) such other evidence as may be satisfactory to the Corporation that such transfer is not in violation of said acts or any regulations or rules promulgated thereunder."
(a) by being hand-delivered to such party, or
(b) by being deposited in the mail (registered or certified) or delivered to a private express company, postage or freight prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed to such party at such party's Address, as defined below.
As used in this Section, a party's "Address" shall mean the address of such party set forth at the beginning of this agreement. Each party may change such party's Address from time to time by giving the other party or parties notice of the change in accordance with the provisions of this Section.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this agreement all as of the date first above written.
Bottomline Technologies, Inc.
By: --------------------------------- --------------------------------- Witness Signature and Title |
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
This agreement evidences the grant by Bottomline Technologies, Inc., a New Hampshire corporation (the "Company") on _______________ to _________________, a director of the Company (the "Participant"), of an option to purchase, in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the Company's 1989 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan"), a total of _____ shares of common stock, $.001 par value per share, of the Company ("Common Stock") (the "Shares") at $_____ per Share. Unless earlier terminated, this option shall expire on _______________ (the "Final Exercise Date").
It is intended that the option evidenced by this agreement shall not be an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and any regulations promulgated thereunder (the "Code"). Except as otherwise indicated by the context, the term "Participant", as used in this option, shall be deemed to include any person who acquires the right to exercise this option validly under its terms.
This option shall be exercisable ("vest") as to 100% of the original number of Shares on the first anniversary of the date of grant of the option (the "Grant Date"). This option shall expire upon, and will not be exercisable after, the Final Exercise Date.
The right of exercise shall be cumulative so that to the extent the option is not exercised in any period to the maximum extent permissible it shall continue to be exercisable, in whole or in part, with respect to all shares for which it is vested until the earlier of the Final Exercise Date or the termination of this option under Section 3 hereof or the Plan.
(a) If the Participant proposes to sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of, by operation of law or otherwise (collectively, "transfer") any Shares acquired upon exercise of this option, then the Participant shall first give written notice of the proposed transfer (the "Transfer Notice") to the Company. The Transfer Notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of such Shares the Participant proposes to transfer (the "Offered Shares"), the price per share and all other material terms and conditions of the transfer.
(c) At and after the time at which the Offered Shares are required to be delivered to the Company for transfer to the Company pursuant to subsection (b) above, the Company shall not pay any dividend to the Participant on account of such Shares or permit the Participant to exercise any of the privileges or rights of a stockholder with respect to such Offered Shares, but shall, in so far as permitted by law, treat the Company as the owner of such Offered Shares.
(e) The following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this
Section 4:
(1) any transfer of Shares to or for the benefit of any spouse, child or grandchild of the Participant, or to a trust for their benefit;
(2) any transfer pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"); and
(3) any transfer of the Shares pursuant to the sale of all or substantially all of the business of the Company;
(f) The Company may assign its rights to purchase Offered Shares in any particular transaction under this Section 4 to one or more persons or entities.
(g) The provisions of this Section 4 shall terminate upon the earlier of the following events:
(1) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock in an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act; or
(2) the sale of all or substantially all of the capital stock, assets or business of the Company, by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise.
(h) The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any of the Shares which shall have been sold or transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Section 4, or (b) to treat as owner of such Shares or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom any such Shares shall have been so sold or transferred.
The Participant agrees, in connection with the initial underwritten public offering of the Company's securities pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act, (i) not to sell, make short sale of, loan, grant any options for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock held by the Participant (other than those shares included in the offering) without the prior written consent of the Company or the underwriters managing such initial underwritten public offering of the Company's securities for a period of 180 days from the effective date of such registration statement, and (ii) to execute any agreement reflecting clause (i) above as may be requested by the Company or the managing underwriters at the time of such offering.
No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of this option unless and until the Participant pays to the Company, or makes provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any federal, state or local withholding taxes required by law to be withheld in respect of this option.
This option may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Participant, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the lifetime of the Participant, this option shall be exercisable only by the Participant.
This option is subject to the provisions of the Plan, a copy of which is furnished to the Participant with this option.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this option to be executed under its corporate seal by its duly authorized officer. This option shall take effect as a sealed instrument.
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
Dated: _______________ By: -------------------------------------------- Print Name: ------------------------------------ Title: ----------------------------------------- |
PARTICIPANT'S ACCEPTANCE
The undersigned hereby accepts the foregoing option and agrees to the terms and conditions thereof. The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Company's 1989 Stock Incentive Plan.
PARTICIPANT:
EXHIBIT 10.2
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (DE), INC.
The purpose of this 1997 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan") of Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), is to advance the interests of the Company's stockholders by enhancing the Company's ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who make (or are expected to make) important contributions to the Company by providing such persons with equity ownership opportunities and performance-based incentives and thereby better aligning the interests of such persons with those of the Company's stockholders. Except where the context otherwise requires, the term "Company" shall include any present or future subsidiary corporations of Bottomline Technologies, Inc., as defined in Section 424(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder (the "Code").
All of the Company's employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors are eligible to be granted options, restricted stock, or other stock- based awards (each, an "Award") under the Plan. Any person who has been granted an Award under the Plan shall be deemed a "Participant".
and appropriate. If this Section 4(c) applies and Section 8(e)(i) also applies
to any event, Section 8(e)(i) shall be applicable to such event, and this
Section 4(c) shall not be applicable.
(i) in cash or by check, payable to the order of the Company;
(ii) except as the Board may otherwise provide in an option agreement, delivery of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price, or delivery by the Participant to the Company of a copy of irrevocable
and unconditional instructions to a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to pay the exercise price;
(iii) to the extent permitted by the Board and explicitly provided in an option agreement (i) by delivery of shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant valued at their fair market value as determined by the Board in good faith ("Fair Market Value"), which Common Stock was owned by the Participant at least six months prior to such delivery, (ii) by delivery of a promissory note of the Participant to the Company on terms determined by the Board, or (iii) by payment of such other lawful consideration as the Board may determine; or
(iv) any combination of the above permitted forms of payment.
The Board shall have the right to grant other Awards based upon the Common Stock having such terms and conditions as the Board may determine, including the grant of shares based upon certain conditions, the grant of securities convertible into Common Stock and the grant of stock appreciation rights.
Event and each Participant shall receive, in exchange therefor, a cash payment
equal to the amount (if any) by which (I) the Acquisition Price multiplied by
the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such outstanding Options
(whether or not then exercisable), exceeds (II) the aggregate exercise price of
such Options; (D) provide that all Restricted Stock Awards then outstanding
shall become free of all restrictions prior to the consummation of the
Acquisition Event; and (E) provide that any other stock-based Awards outstanding
(I) shall become exercisable, realizable or vested in full, or shall be free of
all conditions or restrictions, as applicable to each such Award, prior to the
consummation of the Acquisition Event, or (II), if applicable, shall be assumed,
or equivalent Awards shall be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding
corporation (or an affiliate thereof).
(ii) An "Acquisition Event" shall mean: (A) any merger or consolidation which results in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto representing immediately thereafter (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity) less than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; (B) any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (C) the complete liquidation of the Company.
determines that the action, taking into account any related action, would not materially and adversely affect the Participant.
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (de), INC.
This agreement evidences the grant by Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company") on ___________, 199_ to __________________________, an employee of the Company (the "Participant"), of an option to purchase, in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the Company's 199_ Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan"), a total of __________________ shares of common stock, ____ par value per share, of the Company ("Common Stock") (the "Shares") at $__________ per Share. Unless earlier terminated, this option shall expire on _______ (the "Final Exercise Date" ).
It is intended that the option evidenced by this agreement shall be an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and any regulations promulgated thereunder (the "Code"). Except as otherwise indicated by the context, the term "Participant", as used in this option, shall be deemed to include any person who acquires the right to exercise this option validly under its terms.
This option will become exercisable ("vest") as to [_]% of the original number of Shares on each of the __, __, __ and __ anniversary of the date of the grant of the option (the "Grant Date"). This option shall expire upon, and will not be exercisable after, the Final Exercise Date.
The right of exercise shall be cumulative so that to the extent the option is not exercised in any period to the maximum extent permissible it shall continue to be exercisable, in whole or in part, with respect to all shares for which it is vested until the earlier of the Final Exercise Date or the termination of this option under Section 3 hereof or the Plan.
hereby, provided that no partial exercise of this option may be for any fractional share or for fewer than ten whole shares.
(a) If the Participant proposes to sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of, by operation of law or otherwise (collectively, "transfer") any Shares acquired upon exercise of this option, then the Participant shall first give written notice of the proposed transfer (the "Transfer Notice") to the Company. The Transfer Notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of such Shares the Participant proposes to transfer (the "Offered Shares"), the price per share and all other material terms and conditions of the transfer.
(c) At and after the time at which the Offered Shares are required to be delivered to the Company for transfer to the Company pursuant to subsection (b) above, the Company shall not pay any dividend to the Participant on account of such Shares or permit the Participant to exercise any of the privileges or rights of a stockholder with respect to such Offered Shares, but shall, in so far as permitted by law, treat the Company as the owner of such Offered Shares.
(e) The following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this
Section 4:
(i) any transfer of Shares to or for the benefit of any spouse, child or grandchild of the Participant, or to a trust for their benefit;
(ii) any transfer pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"); and
(iii) any transfer of the Shares pursuant to the sale of all or substantially all of the business of the Company;
(f) The Company may assign its rights to purchase Offered Shares in any particular transaction under this Section 4 to one or more persons or entities.
(g) The provisions of this Section 4 shall terminate upon the earlier of the following events:
(1) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock in an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act; or
(2) the sale of all or substantially all of the capital stock, assets or business of the Company, by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise.
(h) The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any of the Shares which shall have been sold or transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Section 4, or (b) to treat as owner of such Shares or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom any such Shares shall have been so sold or transferred.
The Participant agrees, in connection with the initial underwritten public offering of the Company's securities pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act, (i) not to sell, make short sale of, loan, grant any options for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock held by the
Participant (other than those shares included in the offering) without the prior written consent of the Company or the underwriters managing such initial underwritten public offering of the Company's securities for a period of 180 days from the effective date of such registration statement, and (ii) to execute any agreement reflecting clause (i) above as may be requested by the Company or the managing underwriters at the time of such offering.
No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of this option unless and until the Participant pays to the Company, or makes provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any federal, state or local withholding taxes required by law to be withheld in respect of this option.
This option may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Participant, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the lifetime of the Participant, this option shall be exercisable only by the Participant.
If the Participant disposes of Shares acquired upon exercise of this option within two years from the date of grant of the option or one year after such Shares were acquired pursuant to exercise of this option, the Participant shall notify the Company in writing of such disposition.
This option is subject to the provisions of the Plan, a copy of which is furnished to the Participant with this option.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this option to be executed under its corporate seal by its duly authorized officer. This option shall take effect as a sealed instrument.
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (de), INC.
Dated: _________ By:__________________________________ Name:____________________________ Title:___________________________ |
PARTICIPANT'S ACCEPTANCE
The undersigned hereby accepts the foregoing option and agrees to the terms and conditions thereof. The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Company's 1997 Stock Incentive Plan.
PARTICIPANT:
Address: _____________________
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (de), INC.
This agreement evidences the grant by Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company") on ___________, 199_ to __________________________, an [employee], [consultant], [director] of the Company (the "Participant"), of an option to purchase, in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the Company's 1997 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan"), a total of __________________ shares of common stock, __ par value per share, of the Company ("Common Stock") (the "Shares") at $__________ per Share. Unless earlier terminated, this option shall expire on _______ (the "Final Exercise Date").
It is intended that the option evidenced by this agreement shall not be an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and any regulations promulgated thereunder (the "Code"). Except as otherwise indicated by the context, the term "Participant", as used in this option, shall be deemed to include any person who acquires the right to exercise this option validly under its terms.
This option will become exercisable ("vest") as to [25]% of the original number of Shares each on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the date of the grant of the option (the "Grant Date"). This option shall expire upon, and will not be exercisable after, the Final Exercise Date.
The right of exercise shall be cumulative so that to the extent the option is not exercised in any period to the maximum extent permissible it shall continue to be exercisable, in whole or in part, with respect to all shares for which it is vested until the earlier of the Final Exercise Date or the termination of this option under Section 3 hereof or the Plan.
hereby, provided that no partial exercise of this option may be for any fractional share.
(a) If the Participant proposes to sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of, by operation of law or otherwise (collectively, "transfer") any Shares acquired upon exercise of this option, then the Participant shall first give written notice of the proposed transfer (the "Transfer Notice") to the Company. The Transfer Notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of such Shares the Participant proposes to transfer (the "Offered Shares"), the price per share and all other material terms and conditions of the transfer.
(c) At and after the time at which the Offered Shares are required to be delivered to the Company for transfer to the Company pursuant to subsection (b) above, the Company shall not pay any dividend to the Participant on account of such Shares or permit the Participant to exercise any of the privileges or rights of a stockholder with respect to such Offered Shares, but shall, in so far as permitted by law, treat the Company as the owner of such Offered Shares.
(e) The following transactions shall be exempt from the provisions of this
Section 4:
(i) any transfer of Shares to or for the benefit of any spouse, child or grandchild of the Participant, or to a trust for their benefit;
(ii) any transfer pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"); and
(iii) any transfer of the Shares pursuant to the sale of all or substantially all of the business of the Company;
(f) The Company may assign its rights to purchase Offered Shares in any particular transaction under this Section 4 to one or more persons or entities.
(g) The provisions of this Section 4 shall terminate upon the earlier of the following events:
(i) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock in an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act; or
(ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the capital stock, assets or business of the Company, by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise.
(h) The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any of the Shares which shall have been sold or transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Section 4, or (b) to treat as owner of such Shares or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom any such Shares shall have been so sold or transferred.
The Participant agrees, in connection with the initial underwritten public offering of the Company's securities pursuant to a registration statement under the
Securities Act, (i) not to sell, make short sale of, loan, grant any options for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock held by the Participant (other than those shares included in the offering) without the prior written consent of the Company or the underwriters managing such initial underwritten public offering of the Company's securities for a period of 180 days from the effective date of such registration statement, and (ii) to execute any agreement reflecting clause (i) above as may be requested by the Company or the managing underwriters at the time of such offering.
No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of this option unless and until the Participant pays to the Company, or makes provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any federal, state or local withholding taxes required by law to be withheld in respect of this option.
This option may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Participant, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the lifetime of the Participant, this option shall be exercisable only by the Participant.
This option is subject to the provisions of the Plan, a copy of which is furnished to the Participant with this option.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this option to be executed under its corporate seal by its duly authorized officer. This option shall take effect as a sealed instrument.
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (de), INC.
Dated: _________
By: ________________________________
Name: ____________________________
Title: _____________________________
PARTICIPANT'S ACCEPTANCE
The undersigned hereby accepts the foregoing option and agrees to the terms and conditions thereof. The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Company's 1997 Stock Incentive Plan.
PARTICIPANT:
Address: _____________________
EXHIBIT 10.3
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (de), INC.
1998 DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLAN
The purpose of this 1998 Director Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") of Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc. (the "Company") is to encourage ownership in the Company by non-employee directors of the Company whose continued services are considered essential to the Company's future progress and to provide them with a further incentive to remain as directors of the Company.
The Board of Directors (the "Board") shall supervise and administer the Plan. All questions concerning interpretation of the Plan or any options granted under it shall be resolved by the Board and such resolution shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Plan. The Board may, to the full extent permitted by or consistent with applicable laws or regulations, delegate any or all of its powers under the Plan to a committee appointed by the Board, and if a committee is so appointed, all references to the Board in the Plan shall mean and relate to such committee.
Directors of the Company who are not employees of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company ("non-employee directors") shall be eligible to receive options under the Plan.
(a) The maximum number of shares of the Company's Common Stock, par value $.001 per share ("Common Stock"), which may be issued under the Plan shall be 100,000 shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 7.
(b) If any outstanding option under the Plan for any reason expires or is terminated without having been exercised in full, the shares covered by the unexercised portion of such option shall again become available for issuance pursuant to the Plan.
(c) All options granted under the Plan shall be non-statutory options not entitled to special tax treatment under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").
(d) Shares issued under the Plan may consist in whole or in part of authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.
Each option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written agreement in such form as the Board shall from time to time approve, which agreements shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:
(x) each person who first becomes a non-employee director after the closing date (the "Closing Date") of the Company's initial public offering of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, shall be granted an option to purchase 5,000 shares of Common Stock on the date of his or her initial election to the Board; and
(y) each non-employee director shall be granted an option to purchase 2,500 shares of Common Stock on the date of each Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Company following the Closing Date commencing with the 1999 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (other than a director who was initially elected to the Board at any such Annual Meeting or, if previously, at any time after the prior year's Annual Meeting of Stockholders), provided that he or she is serving as a director immediately following the date of such Annual Meeting.
Each date of grant of an option pursuant to this Section 5(a) is hereinafter referred to as an "Option Grant Date."
exercised, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval, or satisfaction of such condition shall have been effected or obtained on conditions acceptable to the Board. Nothing herein shall be deemed to require the Company to apply for or to obtain such listing, registration or qualification, or to satisfy such condition.
If, through or as a result of any merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, or other similar transaction, (i) the outstanding shares of Common Stock are exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company or of another entity, or (ii) additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or of another entity are distributed with respect to such shares of Common Stock, the Board shall make an appropriate and proportionate adjustment in (x) the maximum number and kind of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, (y) the number and kind of shares or other securities subject to then outstanding options under the Plan, and (z) the price for each share subject to any then outstanding options under the Plan (without changing the aggregate purchase price for such options), to the end that each option shall be exercisable, for the same aggregate exercise price, for such securities as such optionholder would have held immediately following such event if he had exercised such option immediately prior to such event. No fractional shares will be issued under the Plan on account of any such adjustments.
For purposes of the Plan, an "Acquisition Event" shall be deemed to have occurred only if any of the following events occurs: (i) any merger or consolidation which results in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto representing immediately thereafter (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity) less than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; (ii) any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iii) the complete liquidation of the Company.
The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan or amend it in any respect whatsoever.
Any written notice to the Company required by any of the provisions of the Plan shall be addressed to the Treasurer of the Company and shall become effective when it is received.
The Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to any applicable conflicts of laws or principles).
The Plan shall take effect upon the closing of the Company's initial public offering of Common Stock.
Adopted by the Board of Directors on November 12, 1998
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (de), INC.
This agreement evidences the grant by Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), on ___________, 199______ (the "Grant Date") to _________________, a director of the Company (the "Participant"), of an option to purchase, in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the Company's 1998 Director Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"), a total of __________________ shares (the "Shares") of common stock, $.001 par value per share, of the Company ("Common Stock") at $__________ per Share. Unless earlier terminated, this option shall expire on _______ (the "Final Exercise Date").
It is intended that the option evidenced by this agreement shall not be an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and any regulations promulgated thereunder (the "Code"). Except as otherwise indicated by the context, the term "Participant", as used in this option, shall be deemed to include any person who acquires the right to exercise this option validly under its terms.
This option will become exercisable in accordance with the following schedule:_______ This option shall expire upon, and will not be exercisable after, the Final Exercise Date.
The right of exercise shall be cumulative so that to the extent the option is not exercised in any period to the maximum extent permissible it shall continue to be exercisable, in whole or in part, with respect to all shares for which it is vested until the earlier of the Final Exercise Date or the termination of this option under Section 3 hereof or the Plan.
No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of this option unless and until the Participant pays to the Company, or makes provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any federal, state or local withholding taxes required by law to be withheld in respect of this option.
This option may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Participant, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the lifetime of the Participant, this option shall be exercisable only by the Participant.
This option is subject to the provisions of the Plan, a copy of which is furnished to the Participant with this option.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this option to be executed under its corporate seal by its duly authorized officer. This option shall take effect as a sealed instrument.
Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc.
Dated: _________ By:_________________________________ Name:____________________________ Title:___________________________ |
PARTICIPANT'S ACCEPTANCE
The undersigned hereby accepts the foregoing option and agrees to the terms and conditions thereof. The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Company's 1998 Stock Option Plan.
PARTICIPANT:
Address: _____________________
EXHIBIT 10.4
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (de), INC.
1998 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
The purpose of this Plan is to provide eligible employees of Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc. (the "Company") and certain of its subsidiaries with opportunities to purchase shares of the Company's common stock, $.001 par value per share (the "Common Stock"). Two Hundred Fifty Thousand (250,000) shares of Common Stock in the aggregate have been approved for this purpose.
(a) they are customarily employed by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary for more than 20 hours a week and for more than five months in a calendar year; and
(b) they have been employed by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary for at least three months prior to enrolling in the Plan; and
(c) they are employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary on the first day of the applicable Plan Period (as defined below).
No employee may be granted an option hereunder if such employee, immediately after the option is granted, owns 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of the stock of the Company or any subsidiary. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall
apply in determining the stock ownership of an employee, and all stock which the employee has a contractual right to purchase shall be treated as stock owned by the employee.
No employee may be granted an Option (as defined in Section 9) which permits his rights to purchase Common Stock under this Plan and any other employee stock purchase plan (as defined in Section 423(b) of the Code) of the Company and its subsidiaries, to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of such Common Stock (determined at the Offering Commencement Date of the Plan Period) for each calendar year in which the Option is outstanding at any time.
Each employee who continues to be a participant in the Plan on the Exercise Date shall be deemed to have exercised his Option at the Option Price on such date
and shall be deemed to have purchased from the Company the number of full shares of Common Stock reserved for the purpose of the Plan that his accumulated payroll deductions on such date will pay for, but not in excess of the maximum number determined in the manner set forth above.
Any balance remaining in an employee's payroll deduction account at the end of a Plan Period will be automatically refunded to the employee, except that any balance which is less than the purchase price of one share of Common Stock will be carried forward into the employee's payroll deduction account for the following Offering, unless the employee elects not to participate in the following Offering under the Plan, in which case the balance in the employee's account shall be refunded.
date and the distribution date for such stock dividend shall be entitled to receive, on the distribution date, the stock dividend with respect to the shares of Common Stock acquired upon such Option exercise, notwithstanding the fact that such shares were not outstanding as of the close of business on the record date for such stock dividend.
In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation which does not involve Continuity of Control, or of a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company while unexercised Options remain outstanding under the Plan, all outstanding Options shall be cancelled by the Board or the Committee as of the effective date of any such transaction, provided that notice of such cancellation shall be given to each holder of an Option, and each holder of an Option shall have the right to exercise such Option in full based on payroll
deductions then credited to his account as of a date determined by the Board or the Committee, which date shall not be less than ten (10) days preceding the effective date of such transaction.
which approval must occur within twelve months of the adoption of the Plan by the Board.
Adopted by the Board of Directors on November 12, 1998
Approved by the stockholders on ___________, 1998
EXHIBIT 10.5
THIS FIRST AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF STOCK RIGHTS AND VOTING AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), made as of March 31, 1992 (the "Effective Date"), by and between BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a New Hampshire corporation (the "Corporation"); and the shareholders of the Corporation listed on Exhibit A attached hereto (collectively the "Shareholders" or "Holders").
The Corporation, Daniel McGurl ("McGurl"), James Loomis ("Loomis"), Charles P. O'Leary ("O'Leary"), Joseph Leo Barry, Jr. ("Leo Barry"), and Dennis E. Barry ("Dennis Barry") (collectively, the "Existing Shareholders") are parties to that certain Stock Rights and Voting Agreement dated June 29, 1990 (the "Existing Stock Rights Agreement"). The remaining Shareholders (collectively the "New Shareholders") and the Corporation are parties to a certain Stock Purchase Agreement of even date (the "Stock Purchase Agreement"), pursuant to which the New Shareholders have agreed to purchase certain shares of the Corporation's common stock, One-tenth Cent ($0.001) par value (the "Stock") and warrants for certain shares of Stock. The purpose of this Agreement is to provide the Shareholders (including the Existing Shareholders and the New Shareholders) with certain stock and voting rights, all as more particularly set forth in this Agreement. It is intended that this Agreement supersede and replace the Existing Stock Rights Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals and the mutual covenants and representations set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereby agree that the provisions of the Existing Stock Rights Agreement be and the same hereby are deleted in their entirety and that the same hereby are superseded and replaced by the following provisions:
(a) Subject to the exclusions set forth in subsection (f) below, if the Corporation proposes to issue (a "Proposed Issuance") any unissued or treasury shares of Stock or any bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures, warrants, options, or other securities, rights, or obligations convertible into any shares of Stock or carrying any right to subscribe to or acquire any shares of Stock, then the Corporation shall give each of the Shareholders other than McGurl and Loomis (individually a "Purchaser" and collectively the "Purchasers"), a written notice (the "Notice") describing the Proposed Issuance (including the identification of the
securities to be issued, the price payable for such securities, and any other terms and conditions applicable to the Proposed Issuance).
(b) Each Purchaser shall have the right (the "Preemptive Right") to subscribe to or acquire all or a portion of such Purchaser's respective Proportionate Share (as defined below) of the Proposed Issuance. Each Purchaser shall be entitled to exercise such Purchaser's Preemptive Right in the manner set forth in the Notice and on terms and conditions that are no less favorable than the terms and conditions established by the Corporation to govern the Proposed Issuance.
(c) If any Purchaser fails to exercise such Purchaser's Preemptive Right within thirty (30) days following such Purchaser's receipt of the Notice, then such Purchaser's Preemptive Right shall be deemed to have been waived with respect to the Proposed Issuance, and, for a period of ninety (90) days thereafter, the Corporation shall be entitled to effect the Proposed Issuance, in whole or in part, free and clear of such Purchaser's Preemptive Right, at the price specified in the Notice and upon other terms and conditions no more favorable to the acquiror(s) of the Proposed Issuance than the terms and conditions specified in the Notice.
(d) Any Purchaser may waive such Purchaser's Preemptive Right with respect to any Proposed Issuance by a writing filed with the Board of Directors or the Secretary of the Corporation.
(e) For purposes of this Section, a Purchaser's "Proportionate Share" shall mean, as of the date on which a Notice is given, a fraction:
(i) the numerator of which is equal to the number of shares of Stock owned by such Purchaser as of the Effective Date, including all shares of Stock being purchased as of the Effective Date by such Purchaser pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement; and
(ii) the denominator of which is equal to the sum of (A) such number of shares of Stock as are outstanding as of the Effective Date, including all shares of Stock being purchased as of the Effective Date pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement, plus (B) such number of shares of Stock as have then been issued pursuant to the exercise of stock options which have been granted under the Corporation's August 1, 1989 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the "Stock Option Plan"), plus (C) such number of shares of Stock as are subject to then-outstanding stock options which have been granted under the Stock Option Plan.
Notwithstanding the above, if the outstanding shares of Stock shall be
subdivided or combined into a greater or smaller number of shares or if the
Corporation shall issue any shares of Stock as a stock dividend on its
outstanding Stock, or if a
Purchaser shall transfer any of such Purchaser's Stock (other than to a Related
Transferee as defined in subsection (g) below] of such Purchaser), then the
numbers set forth in subsection (i), and, in the case of a subdivision,
combination, or stock dividend, in subsection (ii) (A) above shall be
proportionately increased or decreased (as the case may be).
(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, the Purchasers' Preemptive Rights shall not apply to:
(i) any Proposed Issuance of stock options under the Stock Option Plan (or of any shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise of any such stock option) to an employee of the Corporation (excluding McGurl and Loomis and their respective Affiliates [as defined in subsection (g) below]); provided, that any Proposed Issuance to McGurl or to Loomis, or to the respective Affiliates of either of them, shall be subject to the Purchasers' Preemptive Rights;
(ii) any stock dividend or subdivision of shares of Stock, provided that the securities issued pursuant to such stock dividend or subdivision are limited to additional shares of Stock;
(iii) any securities issued solely in consideration for the acquisition (whether by merger of otherwise) by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of any other entity;
(iv) any securities issued pursuant to an underwritten public offering; or
(v) any Stock issued pursuant to warrants held by the Purchasers or their Related Transferees.
(g) As used in this Agreement:
(i) an "Affiliate" shall mean a third party which either (A) is owned by the Corporation or is under common control with the Corporation, (B) is a trust or other entity in which McGurl or Loomis has a beneficial interest, or (C) is (or is owned or controlled by) a person who is the spouse, child, or parent of McGurl or Loomis; and
(ii) a "Related Transferee" of a Shareholder shall mean a parent, spouse, or child of such Shareholder, or a trust for the exclusive benefit of such
Shareholder and/or the parents, spouse, or children of such Shareholder, to whom shares of Stock owned by such Shareholder have been transferred.
(h) The provisions of this Section 1 are personal to each Purchaser and may only be exercised by such Purchaser, while such Purchaser, or a Related Transferee of such Purchaser (such Related Transferee being deemed a Purchaser for purposes of this Section 1), owns Stock of the Corporation which was purchased prior to or effective as of the Effective Date.
(a) If the Corporation proposes to register, either for its own account or for the account of any Shareholder, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, any shares of Stock for sale for cash or other consideration to the public (other than a registration relating solely to either a transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities and Exchange Commission or an employee benefit plan) (a "Registration"), the Corporation shall notify the Shareholders in writing and shall afford the Shareholders the opportunity to include in the Registration all or any portion of the shares of Stock owned by them; provided, that the inclusion of such shares of Stock in the Registration shall be subject to:
(i) compliance with the terms and conditions of any underwriting agreement covering the Registration;
(ii) if and to the extent that the managing underwriter determines that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares of Stock to be underwritten, then, with respect to the total number of shares of Stock of the Shareholders so determined as being available for inclusion in the Registration, each Shareholder (subject to the provisions of subsection (g) below governing Related Transferees) shall be entitled to include such Shareholder's Percentage (as defined in Section 3(a)(i) below) of such total number of shares so determined as being available for inclusion in the Registration; provided, further, that if all of the shares proposed to be included in the Registration by a particular Shareholder are thereby included, then any remaining shares which the managing underwriter determines are available for inclusion in the Registration shall be split between the other Shareholders (proportionate to their respective Percentages) unless all of the shares proposed to be included by one or more of those Shareholders are thereby included, in which event any remaining shares available for inclusion shall be available to the remaining such Shareholder(s) (proportionate to their respective Percentages); and
(iii) prohibition from inclusion if, in the judgment of the managing underwriter, such prohibition is required.
(b) In connection with the inclusion of any shares of Stock of the Shareholders in a Registration, the Corporation will use its best efforts to register or qualify the shares of Stock covered by such registration statement under the securities or "blue sky" laws of such jurisdictions as the Shareholders or, in the case of an underwritten public offering, the managing underwriter reasonably shall request; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not for any such purpose be required to qualify generally to transact business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction where it is not so qualified or to consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction.
(c) The Corporation and not the Shareholders, shall be responsible for the payment of all fees and expenses (including, without limitation, registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel and independent public accountants for the Corporation, fees and expenses (including counsel fees) incurred in connection with complying with state securities or "blue sky" laws, fees of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., transfer taxes, fees of transfer agents and registrars, and costs of insurance) incurred by the Corporation in connection with the Registration and the inclusion of any shares of Stock by the Shareholders therein; provided, that each Shareholder, and not the Corporation, shall be responsible for all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale of any of such Shareholder's shares of Stock.
(d) In connection with any Registration where shares of Stock of a Shareholder are also registered pursuant to the provisions of this Section:
(i) the Corporation will indemnify and hold harmless such Shareholder against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Shareholder may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof):
(A) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact relating to the Corporation and contained in (1) the registration statement under which such shares were registered under the Securities Act, (2) the final prospectus therefor, or (3) any amendment or supplement thereof, or
(B) arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact relating to the Corporation that is (1) required to be stated therein, or (2) necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;
(ii) the Corporation will reimburse such Shareholder for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by him in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action covered by the provisions of subparagraph (i) above; provided, however, that the Corporation will not be liable in any such case if and to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission so made in conformity with information furnished by any such Shareholder in writing specifically for use in such registration statement, prospectus, or amendment thereof;
(iii) such Shareholder will indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation, each other Shareholder participating in the Registration, each officer of the Corporation who signs the registration statement, and each director of the Corporation against all losses, claims, damages, or liabilities, joint or several, to which the Corporation or such other Shareholder, officer, or director may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof):
(A) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement of any material fact relating to such
Shareholder and contained in (1) the registration statement under
which such Restricted Stock was registered under the Securities Act,
(2) the final prospectus therefor, or (3) any amendment or supplement
thereof, or
(B) arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact relating to such Shareholder that is (1) required to be stated therein, or (2) necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and
(iv) such Shareholder will reimburse the Corporation and each other Shareholder, officer, and director for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided, however, that such Shareholder will not be liable in any such case if and to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made notwithstanding the Corporation's prior receipt of a written notice from such Shareholder of the error in the statement or of the omission.
(e) In connection with any Registration where shares Stock of a Shareholder are also registered pursuant to the provisions of this Section, such Shareholder will cooperate with the Corporation and each underwriter (if the method of disposition
shall be an underwritten public offering) and will take all such actions and execute and deliver all such instruments, agreements, and documents as the Corporation or any such underwriter reasonably may request, including, but not limited to:
(i) furnishing to the Corporation in writing such information with respect to such Shareholder and the proposed distribution by him as reasonably shall be necessary in order to assure compliance with federal and applicable state securities laws, and
(ii) immediately notifying the Corporation, each other Shareholder participating in the Registration, and the managing underwriter (if the method of disposition shall be an underwritten public offering), at any time when a prospectus relating to such Registration is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event of which such Shareholder has knowledge as a result of which the prospectus contained in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing.
(f) The rights set forth in this Section 2 are personal to each Shareholder and may be exercised by such Shareholder only while such Shareholder or such Shareholder's Related Transferee(s) owns Stock of the Corporation.
(g) For purposes of effecting the rights granted to the Shareholders pursuant to this Section 2, a Shareholder who is a Related Transferee of another Shareholder (a "Transferor Shareholder") shall, to the extent of the shares of Stock transferred by the Transferor Shareholder to such Related Transferee (the "Previously Transferred Shares"), be deemed to be the Transferor Shareholder. In particular, with respect to the limitation on the number of shares of Stock which the Transferor Shareholder and such Related Transferee may include in the Registration under this Section 2, the Previously Transferred Shares shall be considered to be owned by the Transferor Shareholder. Unless otherwise agreed between the Transferor Shareholder and such Related Transferee, any permitted inclusion in the Registration of some, but not all, of the shares of Stock owned by the Transferor Shareholder and of the Previously Transferred Shares shall be allocated between the Transferor Shareholder and such Related Transferee pro rata based on the respective number of such shares of Stock owned by the Transferor Shareholder and of such Previously Transferred Shares.
(a) If any Shareholder (the "Selling Shareholder") shall propose to transfer (a "Proposed Transfer") to any person (the "Proposed Transferee"), other than (1) another Shareholder, (2) a Related Transferee, or (3) the Corporation, any shares of Stock (including any shares issued as the result of the exercise of warrants therefor) (the "Transfer Shares"), then each remaining Shareholder (subject to the provisions of subsection (f) below governing Related Transferees) shall have:
(i) the right to transfer, in place of certain of the Transfer Shares, such number of such remaining Shareholder's shares of Stock (including any shares issued as the result of the exercise of warrants therefor) as is equal to the following percentage ("Percentage") of the number of Transfer Shares:
(A) for McGurl, 25.9537%,
(B) for Loomis, 25.9537%,
(C) for O'Leary, 25.9537%,
(D) for Leo Barry, 6.6022%,
(E) for Dennis Barry, 6.6022%, and
(F) for each New Shareholder, .0535% for each Unit (as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement) purchased pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement; or
(ii) if the Proposed Transferee is unwilling to purchase shares of any remaining Shareholder as part of the Proposed Transfer, then the right to have the Selling Shareholder purchase, out of the proceeds of the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee, such number of such remaining Shareholder's shares of Stock (including any shares issued as the result of the exercise of warrants therefor) as is equal to his Percentage of the number of Transfer Shares;
all upon and subject to the additional terms and conditions set forth in this Section. Transfers of shares of Stock between Shareholders shall not be subject to the provisions of this Section.
(b) In the event of a Proposed Transfer, the Selling Shareholder shall give written notice (the "Transfer Notice") to the remaining Shareholder(s) of the Proposed Transfer, including the number of shares of Stock proposed to be transferred, the price and general terms and conditions governing the Proposed Transfer, and the identity of the Proposed Transferee.
(c) Upon receipt of the Transfer Notice, each remaining Shareholder shall be entitled to exercise his rights under subsection (a) above by giving the Selling Shareholder written notice (the "Participation Notice") thereof within thirty (30) days following his receipt of the Transfer Notice. If no such Participation Notice is given by such remaining Shareholder, then his rights under subsection (a) above shall automatically terminate with respect to the Proposed Transfer.
(d) In the event that any remaining Shareholder exercises his rights under subsection (a) above, then any transfer of shares of Stock by such remaining Shareholder shall be subject to the same terms and conditions that govern the Selling Shareholder under the Proposed Transfer.
(e) The rights of any Shareholder under this Section may be waived as to any Proposed Transfer by his delivering a writing to that effect to the Corporation and the other Shareholders.
(f) For purposes of effecting the rights granted to the Shareholders pursuant to this Section 3, a Shareholder who is a Related Transferee of another Shareholder (a "Transferor Shareholder") shall, to the extent of the shares of Stock transferred by the Transferor Shareholder to such Related Transferee (the "Previously Transferred Shares"), be deemed to be the Transferor Shareholder. In particular, with respect to the limitation on the number of shares of Stock which the Transferor Shareholder and such Related Transferee may include in the Proposed Transfer under this Section 3, the Previously Transferred Shares shall be considered to be owned by the Transferor Shareholder. Unless otherwise agreed between the Transferor Shareholder and such Related Transferee, any permitted inclusion in the Proposed Transfer of some, but not all, of the shares of Stock owned by the Transferor Shareholder and of the Previously Transferred Shares shall be allocated between the Transferor Shareholder and such Related Transferee pro rata based on the respective number of such shares of Stock owned by the Transferor Shareholder and of such Previously Transferred Shares.
(a) Each of the Redeeming Shareholders, or their Related Transferees, as the case may be, shall have the right, at any time after June 29, 1995, to have all, but not less than all, of such Redeeming Shareholder's respective shares of Purchase Stock [as defined in subsection (d) below] redeemed by the Corporation by delivering written notice requesting the same to the Corporation at least thirty (30) days prior to the date upon which such redemption is being requested (the "Redemption Date").
(b) The redemption price to be paid by the Corporation for any Purchase Stock shall be Three Dollars ($3.00) per share, together with accrued interest thereon from the date on which such Redeeming Shareholder purchased such Purchase Stock (the "Purchase Date") to the Redemption Date at a variable rate which shall be the "Base Rate" (or its equivalent) of the Bank of Boston, Boston, Massachusetts, as in effect on each annual anniversary of the Purchase Date (each such date being hereinafter referred to as an "Anniversary Date"), which interest shall accrue at such rate for the annual period then ending and be compounded annually upon each such Anniversary Date, and said interest rate to be set with respect to any portion of any annual period in which a redemption of Purchase Stock occurs hereunder as of the Redemption Date.
(c) The redemption price shall be payable in cash to a Redeeming Shareholder on the Redemption Date.
(d) The term "Purchase Stock" as used in this Agreement shall mean the Stock purchased by a Redeeming Shareholder pursuant to his Stock Purchase Agreement, whether then held by such Redeeming Shareholder, or his Related Transferees, as the case may be, increased or decreased by any stock dividend, subdivision, or combination, but not including any stock purchased pursuant to warrants for any Stock of the Corporation.
(a) "Registrable Securities" shall mean shares of Stock owned by a New Shareholder.
(b) "Registration Expenses" shall mean all expenses incurred by the Corporation in registering any Registrable Securities under applicable federal and state securities laws in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5 (including all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel and independent public accountants for the Corporation, fees and expenses (including counsel fees) incurred in connection with complying with state securities or "blue sky" laws, fees of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., transfer taxes, fees of transfer agents and registrars, and costs of insurance), but excluding any Selling Expenses.
(c) "Selling Expenses" shall mean all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to any sale of Registrable Securities.
(d) "Commission" means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.
(e) "Securities Act" shall mean the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
(a) At any time after six (6) months following any registration statement covering a public offering of securities of the Corporation under the Securities Act, the holders of Registrable Securities which both:
(i) constitutes at least a majority of the total shares of Registrable Securities then outstanding, and
(ii) is reasonably anticipated to sell to the public in a public offering for an aggregate price at least equal to Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00),
may request the Corporation to register under the Securities Act (a "Demand Registration") all of the shares of Registrable Securities held by such requesting holder or holders (or such lesser portion of such shares of Registrable Securities may be requested to be registered if the reasonably anticipated aggregate price to the public of such public offering would be at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00)).
(b) The request described in subsection (a) above shall be set forth in a written notice (the "Demand Registration Notice") given by the requesting holder or holders to the Corporation. The Demand Registration Notice shall specify the number of shares of Registrable Securities requested to be registered (the "Requested Shares") and the manner in which the Requested Shares are to be sold.
(c) Following its receipt of any Demand Registration Notice, the Corporation shall immediately notify (the "Participation Notice") all non- requesting holders of Registrable Securities that the Corporation has received the Demand Registration Notice, and a copy of the Demand Registration Notice shall be included with the Participation Notice. Each such non-requesting holder shall be entitled to include in the Demand Registration, for sale in accordance with the method of disposition specified in the Demand Registration Notice, all or any lesser portion of the shares of Registrable Securities of such holder by giving the Corporation, within fifteen (15) days following the giving of the Participation Notice, written notice of such holder's election to participate in the Demand Registration (including a statement of the number of Registrable Securities of such holder which should be included in the Demand Registration).
(e) The following provisions shall be applicable if the requested method of disposition shall be an underwritten public offering:
(i) The Corporation shall designate the managing underwriter for the offering, subject to the approval of the holders of a majority of the shares of Registrable Securities to be registered in the Demand Registration (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). In the event such managing underwriter is not so approved, the Corporation shall designate another managing underwriter as soon as practicable.
(ii) The right of any holder to registration pursuant to this
Section 5.2 shall be conditioned upon such holder's participation in such
underwriting and the inclusion of such holder's Registrable Securities in
the underwriting to the extent requested (unless otherwise mutually agreed
by a majority in interest of the holders, to the extent provided herein).
The Corporation shall (together with all holders proposing to distribute
their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting
agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter.
(iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5.2 to the contrary, if the managing underwriter advises the Corporation in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the number of shares that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated among all holders requesting inclusion in the registration in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities held by such holders at the time of the filing of the registration statement. No Registrable Securities excluded from the underwriting by reason of the managing underwriter's marketing limitation shall be included in such registration.
(iv) If any holder of Registrable Securities disapproves of the
terms of the underwriting, such person may elect to withdraw therefrom by
written notice to the Corporation, the managing underwriter, and the other
holders. The Registrable Securities so withdrawn shall also be withdrawn
from registration; provided, however, that if by the withdrawal of such
Registrable Securities a greater number of Registrable Securities held by
other holders may be included in such registration (up to the maximum of
any limitation imposed by the managing underwriter), then the Corporation
shall offer to all holders who have included Registrable Securities in the
registration the right to include additional Registrable Securities in the
same proportion used in determining the underwriter limitation in this
Section 5.2(e). If the registration does not become effective due to the
withdrawal of Registrable Securities, then either (A) the holders
requesting registration shall reimburse the Corporation for expenses
incurred in complying with the request, or (B) the aborted registration
shall be treated as effected for purposes of Section 5.2(h) below.
(f) The Corporation shall be entitled to include in the Demand Registration, for sale in accordance with the method of disposition specified in the Demand Registration Notice, both:
(i) shares of Stock to be sold by the Corporation for its own account, and
(ii) shares of Stock owned by any other stockholder or stockholders of the Corporation, except that the number of shares of Stock to be included by any such other stockholder shall not exceed two percent (2%) of the then outstanding shares of Stock;
(g) In the case of each registration effected by the Corporation pursuant to this Section 5.2, the Corporation will keep each holder advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration and as to the completion thereof. At its expense the Corporation will:
(i) keep such registration effective for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days or until the holder or holders have completed the distribution described in the registration statement relating thereto, whichever first occurs; and
(ii) furnish such number of prospectuses and other documents incident thereto as a holder from time to time may reasonably request.
(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5.2:
(i) no Demand Registration Notice may be given within one (1) year
after the effective date of a registration statement filed by the
Corporation covering an underwritten public offering in which the holders
of Registrable Securities shall have been entitled to join pursuant to
Section 2 above and in which there shall have been effectively registered
all shares of Registrable Securities as to which registration shall have
been requested; and
(ii) the Corporation shall be obligated to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 5.2 on two (2) occasions only; provided, however, that such obligation shall be deemed satisfied only when a registration statement covering all shares of Registrable Securities specified in notices received as aforesaid, for sale in accordance with the method of disposition specified in the Demand Registration Notice, shall have become effective.
(a) In addition to the rights set forth in Section 5.2 above, if a holder or holders request by written notice to the Corporation that the Corporation file a registration statement on Form S-3 (or any successor thereto) for a public offering of shares of the Registrable Securities the reasonably anticipated aggregate price to the public of which would exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00), and the Corporation is a registrant entitled to use Form S-3 to register securities for such an offering, the Corporation shall use its best efforts to cause such shares to be registered for the offering on such form (or any successor thereto).
(b) All Registration and Selling Expenses incurred in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 5.4 shall be borne by the holder or holders
participating in the registration on Form S-3 pro rata according to the number of Registrable Securities so registered.
(a) Each of the Shareholders hereby agrees and consents for himself and his Related Transferees to vote all shares of the voting Stock of the Corporation as may from time to time be owned by him or his Related Transferees for the election and re-election of the following individuals as members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board"):
(i) McGurl;
(ii) Loomis;
(iii) O'Leary; and
(iv) one of either Leo Barry or Dennis Barry.
The foregoing voting agreement shall pertain to all shares of Stock of each of the Shareholders, whether held in the name of such Shareholder or held in the name of or for the benefit of any Related Transferee of such Shareholder.
(b) Each of the Existing Shareholders agrees that his right to be elected to the Board pursuant to the voting agreement in subsection (a) above will terminate as to such Shareholder and that he will be deemed to have resigned and will cease to be a member of the Board in the event that:
(i) in the case of either McGurl, Loomis, or O'Leary, he and his respective Related Transferees, do not own in the aggregate two hundred thousand (200,000) shares of the Stock (subject to adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, subdivision, or combination affecting all of the outstanding Stock of the Corporation); or
(ii) in the case of Leo Barry and Dennis Barry, they and their Related Transferees, do not own in the aggregate one hundred thousand (100,000) shares of the Stock (subject to adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, subdivision, or combination affecting all of the outstanding Stock of the Corporation).
(c) The provisions of this Section 5 shall in no manner be deemed to limit the right of the Shareholders of the Corporation to increase the number of members of the Board at any time hereafter. Notwithstanding any increase of the number of members of the Board at any time during which O'Leary and Leo and Dennis Barry have the right to be elected as members of the Board of Directors pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) above, the Shareholders agree that no increase in the salary or compensation of either McGurl and/or Loomis, nor any capital expenditure by the Corporation in excess of Twenty-five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00), may be authorized by the Board without the affirmative vote of one of either:
(i) O'Leary;
(ii) Leo or Dennis Barry (whoever is then serving on the Corporation's Board of Directors); or
(iii) a representative appointed by the New Shareholders, who, until changed by the New Shareholders with notice to the Corporation, shall be Hambrecht & Quist Venture Investors, L.P.
by two-thirds (2/3) or more in interest of the New Shareholders or their Related Transferees shall be binding on all of the New Shareholders (including their Related Transferees).
shall not be held to explain, modify, amplify, or aid in the interpretation, construction, or meaning of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
(i) by being hand-delivered to such party,
(ii) by being telecopied to such party's Telecopy Number (as defined below), with a copy of the telecopy being mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, to such party's Address (as defined below), or
(iii) by being deposited in the mail (registered or certified) or delivered to a private express company, postage or freight prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed to such party at such party's Address.
As used in this Section, a party's "Address" shall mean the address of such party set forth in this Agreement underneath such party's signature line, and a party's a "Telecopy Number" shall mean the telephone number of such party set forth in this Agreement underneath such party's signature line. Each party may change such party's Address or Telecopy Number from time to time by giving the other party or parties notice of the change in accordance with the provisions of this Section.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement all as of the date first above-written.
/s/ By: /s/ James Loomis ------------------------ ------------------------------- Witness James Loomis, Vice President Address: One Court Street Exeter, New Hampshire 03833 Telecopy Number: 603-778-3975 |
/s/ /s/ Dan McGurl ---------------------- --------------------------------- Witness Signature Name: Dan McGurl --------------------------------- Address: 116 Pepperell Way --------------------------------- York, ME 03909 --------------------------------- Telecopy Number: (603) 778-3975 --------------------------------- |
/s/ /s/ James L. Loomis ---------------------- --------------------------------- Witness Signature Name: James L. Loomis --------------------------------- Address: 10 Junkins Lane --------------------------------- Amherst, NH 03031 --------------------------------- Telecopy Number: (603) 778-3975 --------------------------------- |
/s/ Joseph L. Barry, Jr. _______________________ --------------------------------- Witness Signature Name: Joseph L. Barry, Jr. --------------------------------- |
Address: 307 Windy Row --------------------------------- Peterborough, NH 03458 --------------------------------- Telecopy Number: (603) 924-7575 --------------------------------- |
/s/ /s/ Dennis E. Barry, Sr. ----------------------- --------------------------------- Witness Signature Name: Dennis E. Barry, Sr. --------------------------------- Address: 538 Bedford Street --------------------------------- Lakeville, MA 02347 --------------------------------- Telecopy Number: (508) 947-5024 --------------------------------- |
/s/ /s/ ----------------------- --------------------------------- Witness Signature Name: Hambrect & Quist Venture --------------------------------- Investors L.P. --------------------------------- Address: One Bush Street --------------------------------- San Francisco, CA 94104 --------------------------------- Telecopy Number: 415-576-3624 --------------------------------- |
/s/ ----------------------- _________________________________ Witness Signature Name: Mr. Daniel H. Case III --------------------------------- |
Address: Hambrecht & Quist --------------------------------- One Bush Street --------------------------------- San Francisco, CA 94104 --------------------------------- Telecopy Number: 415-576-3624 --------------------------------- |
/s/ /s/ Daniel H. Case, Sr. ------------------------ --------------------------------- Witness Daniel H. Case, Sr. /s/ /s/ Carol H. Case ----------------------- --------------------------------- Witness Carol H. Case Name: Daniel H. Case, Sr. and Carol H. Case, as JTWROS Address: 737 Bishop Street, Suite 2600 Honolulu, HI 96813 Telecopy Number: (808) 523-1920 Number of Units: Purchase Price: |
/s/ Lionel P. Boissiere,Jr. _______________________ --------------------------------- Witness Signature Name: Case Children's 1991 Irrevocable --------------------------------- Trust, Lionel P. Boissiere, Jr., --------------------------------- Trustee --------------------------------- |
Address: Hambrecht & Quist --------------------------------- One Bush Street --------------------------------- San Francisco, CA 94104 --------------------------------- Telecopy Number: 415-576-3624 --------------------------------- |
/s/ /s/ Lionel P. Boissiere, Jr. ---------------------- --------------------------------- Witness Signature Name: Lionl P. Boissiere, Jr. --------------------------------- Address: Hambrecht & Quist --------------------------------- One Bush Street --------------------------------- San Francisco, CA 94104 --------------------------------- Telecopy Number: 415-576-3624 --------------------------------- |
/s/ /s/ William R. Timken ----------------------- --------------------------------- Witness Signature Name: William R. Timken --------------------------------- Address: One Bush Street --------------------------------- San Francisco, CA 94104 --------------------------------- Telecopy Number: 415-576-3370 --------------------------------- |
/s/ /s/ Robert or Martha Cohn ----------------------- --------------------------------- Witness Signature Name: Robert or Martha Cohn Trustees --------------------------------- Address: 20292 Calle Montalro --------------------------------- Saratoga, CA 95070 --------------------------------- Telecopy Number: _________________________________ |
/s/ Patricia Thompson /s/ Alan Kessman ----------------------- --------------------------------- Witness Signature Name: Alan Kessman --------------------------------- Address: 6 Thorndal Circle --------------------------------- Darien, CT 06820 --------------------------------- Telecopy Number: _________________________________ |
/s/ /s/ Vinod Gupta ----------------------- --------------------------------- Witness Signature Name: Mr. Vinod Gupta --------------------------------- Address: 5711 South 86h Circle --------------------------------- Omaha, NE 68127 --------------------------------- Telecopy Number: 402-339-0265 --------------------------------- |
/s/ /s/ John Hoffmaster ----------------------- --------------------------------- Witness Signature Name: John Hoffmaster --------------------------------- Address: 5711 South 86h Circle --------------------------------- Omaha, NE 68127 --------------------------------- Telecopy Number: _________________________________ |
/s/ /s/ Howard B. Hillman, ----------------------- --------------------------------- Witness Signature Name: Venhill Limited Partnership --------------------------------- Address: 158 Main Street --------------------------------- New Canaan, CT 06840 --------------------------------- Telecopy Number: 203-972-0673 --------------------------------- |
/s/ /s/ Donald Dixon ---------------------- --------------------------------- Witness Signature Name: Mr. Donald R. Dixon --------------------------------- Address: 101 California Street, Suite 3150 --------------------------------- San Francisco, CA 94111 --------------------------------- Telecopy Number: _________________________________ |
/s/ /s/ Stanley S. Shuman ----------------------- --------------------------------- Witness Signature Name: Stanley S. Shuman --------------------------------- Address: 7 Fifth Avenue --------------------------------- New York, NY 10002 --------------------------------- Telecopy Number: 202-830-8023 --------------------------------- |
/s/ /s/ Nathanael B. Greene, Jr. ----------------------- --------------------------------- Witness Signature Name: Mr. Nathanael B. Greene, Jr. --------------------------------- Address: 494 Windy Row --------------------------------- Peterborough, NH 03485 --------------------------------- Telecopy Number: _________________________________ |
/s/ /s/ William E. Mayer ----------------------- --------------------------------- Witness Signature Name: Mr. William E. Mayer --------------------------------- Address: University of Rochester --------------------------------- Rochester, NY 14627 --------------------------------- Telecopy Number: _________________________________ |
EXHIBIT A
TO
FIRST AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT
OF
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
STOCK RIGHTS AND VOTING AGREEMENT
Daniel McGurl
James Loomis
Charles P. O'Leary
Joseph Leo Barry, Jr.
Dennis E. Barry
Hambrecht & Quist Venture Investors, L.P.
Daniel H. Case III
Daniel H. Case and Carol H. Case, as JTWROS
Case Children's 1991 Irrevocable Trust,
Lionel P. Boissiere, Jr., Trustee
Lionel P. Boissiere, Jr.
William R. Timken
The Wellington Trust under trust
agreement dated 1/30/86, Robert
or Martha Cohn, Trustees
Alan Kessman
Vinod Gupta
Jon Hoffmaster
Venhill Limited Partnership
Donald R. Dixon
Stanley S. Shuman
Nathanael B. Greene, Jr.
William E. Mayer
AMENDMENT TO
THE FIRST AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT
OF BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
STOCK RIGHTS AND VOTING AGREEMENT
WHEREAS, the undersigned is a Shareholder, as defined in the First Amendment and Restatement of Bottomline Technologies, Inc. Stock Rights and Voting Agreement, dated as of March 31, 1992 (the "Stock Rights and Voting Agreement"); and
WHEREAS, Charles P. O'Leary ("O'Leary"), also a Shareholder as defined in the stock Rights and Voting Agreement, desires to sell up to 25,000 shares of Common Stock (the "Stock") of Bottomline Technologies, Inc. (the "Company") to John H. Harland Company ("Harland"); and
WHEREAS, such sale by O'Leary to Harland would result in O'Leary owning less than 200,000 shares of Stock;
NOW THEREFORE, the undersigned Shareholder hereby agrees to amend Section 6(b) of the Stock Rights and Voting Agreement to delete the following:
"(i) in the case of either McGurl, Loomis, or O'Leary, he and his respective Related Transferees, do not own in the aggregate two hundred thousand (200,000) shares of the Stock (subject to adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, subdivision, or combination affecting all of the outstanding Stock of the Corporation); or"
and to replace such subsection (i) of Section 6(b) with the following:
"(i) in the case of: (A) either McGurl or Loomis, he and his respective Related Transferees, do not own in the aggregate two hundred thousand (200,000) shares of the Stock (B) O'Leary, he and his respective Related Transferees do not own in the aggregate one hundred eighty five thousand (185,000) shares of the Stock (subject to adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, subdivision, or combination affecting all of the outstanding Stock of the Corporation); or"
WAIVER AND AMENDMENT
WHEREAS, Mr. Charles P. O'Leary ("O'Leary") has proposed to transfer 10,000 shares of common stock, $.001 par value per share (the "Transfer Shares") of Bottomline Technologies, Inc. ("Bottomline") at a per share purchase price of $14.75 (the "Sale") to Mr. Bruce E. Elmblad ("Elmblad"); and
WHEREAS, Bottomline and the undersigned Shareholder, as defined in the First Amendment and Restatement of Bottomline Technologies, Inc. Stock Rights and Voting Agreement, dated as of March 31, 1992, as amended, (the "Agreement") believe it is in the best interest of Bottomline and the Shareholder to allow O'Leary to sell the Transfer Shares to Elmblad and to amend the Agreement;
NOW THEREFORE:
1. The undersigned Shareholder hereby waives any and all Take-Along- Rights which the undersigned may have with respect to the Transfer Shares pursuant to Section 3 of the Agreement, provided such shares are sold only to Elmblad or his assigns and such sale is effected on or prior to October 1, 1996, and the undersigned hereby waives any rights to notice with respect to such transfer by O'Leary.
2. Bottomline and the undersigned Shareholder hereby agree to amend
Section 3 of the Agreement to add the following as Subsection 3(g):
"(g) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, this Section 3 shall not apply to the sale by O'Leary of up to 10,000 shares of Common Stock of the Corporation to Mr. Bruce Elmblad or his assigns; provided such sale shall take place on or prior to October 1, 1996."
3. Bottomline and the undersigned Shareholder hereby agree to amend
Section 3(a)(i)(C) of the Agreement, effective upon consummation of the Sale, to
change the percentage listed therein next to O'Leary's name from 25.9537% to
22.7095%.
4. Bottomline and the undersigned Shareholder hereby agree to amend and restate Section 6 of the Agreement in its entirety, effective upon consummation of the Sale, such that it shall read in its entirety as follows:
(a) Each of the Shareholders hereby agrees and consents for himself and his Related Transferees to vote all shares of the voting Stock of the Corporation as may be from time to time owned by him or his Related Transferees for the election and re-
election of the following individuals as members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board"):
(i) McGurl;
(ii) Loomis; and
(iii) one of either Leo Barry or Dennis Barry.
The foregoing voting agreement shall pertain to all shares of Stock of each of the Shareholders, whether held in the name of such Shareholder or held in the name or for the benefit of any Related Transferee of such Shareholder.
(b) Each of the Existing Shareholders agrees that his right to be elected to the Board pursuant to the voting agreement in subsection (a) above will terminate as to such Shareholder and that he will be deemed to have resigned and will cease to be a member of the Board in the event that:
(i) in the case of either McGurl or Loomis, he and his respective Related Transferees, do not own in the aggregate two hundred thousand (200,000) shares of the Stock (subject to adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, subdivision, or combination affecting all of the outstanding Stock of the Corporation); or
(ii) in the case of Leo Barry and Dennis Barry, they and their Related Transferees, do not own in the aggregate one hundred thousand (100,000) shares of the Stock (subject to adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, subdivision, or combination affecting all of the outstanding Stock of the Corporation).
(c) The provisions of this Section 5 shall in no manner be deemed to limit the right of the Shareholders of the Corporation to increase the number of members of the Board at any time hereafter. Notwithstanding any increase of the number of members of the Board at any time during which Leo and Dennis Barry have the right to be elected as members of the Board of Directors pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) above, the Shareholders agree that no increase in the salary or compensation of either McGurl and/or Loomis, nor any capital expenditure by the Corporation in excess of Twenty-five Thousand Dollars ($25,000), may be authorized by the Board without the affirmative vote of one of either:
(i) Leo or Dennis Barry (whoever is then serving on the Corporation's Board of Directors); or
(ii) a representative appointed by the New Shareholders, who, until changed by the New Shareholders with notice to the Corporation, shall be Hambrecht & Quist Venture Investors, L.P."
Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the respective meaning ascribed to them in the Agreement.
This Waiver and Amendment may be signed in one or more counterparts.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Waiver and Amendment has been executed by Bottomline and the undersigned Shareholder on or before August 10, 1996 with the intent that it become effective, except as otherwise provided herein, as of and on August 10, 1996.
AMENDMENT NO.2
WHEREAS, Bottomline Technologies, Inc. a New Hampshire corporation (Bottom line NH), and the undersigned are named parties to the First Amendment and Restatement of Bottom line Technologies, Inc. Stock Rights and Voting Agreement, dated as of March 31, 1992, as amended (the "Agreement"); and
WHEREAS, Bottom line NH was merged with and into Bottomline Technologies
(de), Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Bottomline DE"), on August 25, 1997 (the
"Merger"); and
WHEREAS, as a result of the Merger, Bottomline DE is a successor party to the Agreement; and
WHEREAS, Charles P. O'Leary is proposing to sell 5,000 shares of common stock, $.001 par value per share, of Bottomline DE to Mr. Robert A. Eberle at a per share purchase price of $24.00 (the "Sale"); and
WHEREAS, the parties to Agreement believe that it is in the best interest of the parties thereto to make certain amendments to the Agreement;
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agree to amend the Agreement, in accordance with the provisions of Section 8(a) thereof, as set forth below:
1. Commencing after the date of the Merger, all references to the "Corporation" shall mean Bottom line DE.
2. Section 1(f)(1) is amended to read in its entirety as follows:
"(i) any Proposed Issuance of stock options under (A) the Stock Option Plan or (B) any other stock option plan which is adopted at any time after the Effective Date by the Board of Directors of the Corporation;
3. Section 3 is amended to add the following as Subsection 3(h):
"(h) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, this Section 3 shall not apply to the sale by O'Leary of up to 5,000 shares of Common Stock of the Corporation to Mr. Robert A. Eberle or his assigns;"
4. To amend clauses (A) through (F) of Section 3(a)(i) of the Agreement, effective upon consummation of the Sale as set forth below:
"(A) for McGurl, 27.3183% (B) for Loomis, 27.3183% (C) for O'Leary, 22.0606% (D) for Leo Barry, 6.9493% (E) for Dennis Barry, 6.9493% (F) for each New Shareholder, .0563% for each Unit |
(as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement) purchased pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement; or"
AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO THE FIRST AMENDMENT
AND RESTATEMENT OF BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
STOCK RIGHTS AND VOTING AGREEMENT
WHEREAS, the Company and the Holders are parties to the Stock Rights Agreement;
WHEREAS, the Company and the Holders desire to amend the Stock Rights Agreement so that the rights set forth in Section 1 of the Stock Rights Agreement relating to "preemptive rights" shall not apply to the sale by the Company of shares of common stock, $.001 par value per share ("Common Stock"), to Arthur Andersen LLP;
WHEREAS, the Company and the Holders desire to amend the Stock Rights Agreement so that the provisions set forth in Section 3 of the Stock Rights Agreement relating to certain "take-along" rights shall not apply to a sale or transfer of certain securities of the Company from Hambrecht & Quist Liquidating Trust to Hambrecht & Quist California;
WHEREAS, the Holders, owning at least two-thirds (2/3) of the interests in the Company held by all New Shareholders (as defined in the Stock Rights Agreement) and each of the other parties to the Stock Rights Agreement, have executed this Amendment No. 3.
NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto, in consideration of the premises and the agreements herein contained and intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:
1. Section 1 of the Stock Rights Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following paragraph 1(i) to Section 1, which shall read as follows:
"(i) The rights set forth in this Section 1 shall not apply to the sale by the Company occurring on or prior to November 30, 1998 of up to 35,715 shares of Stock to Arthur Andersen LLP at a sale price of at least $28.00 per share."
2. Section 3 of the Stock Rights Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following paragraph 3(g) to Section 3, which shall read as follows:
"(g) The rights set forth in this Section 3 shall not apply to a transfer of 9,081 shares of Stock, a Warrant for 7,000 shares of Stock and the Stock issuable upon exercise thereof and a Warrant for 9,625 shares of Stock and the Stock issuable upon exercise thereof from Hambrecht & Quist Liquidating Trust to Hambrecht & Quist California."
3. Except as modified hereby, the Stock Rights Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.
4. This Amendment No. 3 may be signed in counterparts, each of which taken together shall constitute one agreement.
5. All capitalized terms used in this Amendment No. 3 shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Stock Rights Agreement.
AMENDMENT NO. 4
TO
FIRST AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF
STOCK RIGHTS AND VOTING AGREEMENT
WHEREAS, Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc. and certain other persons are parties to certain First Amendment and Restatement of Stock Rights and Voting Agreement, dated as of March 31, 1992, as amended (the "Agreement"); and
WHEREAS, this amendment to the Agreement has been approved in accordance with the provisions of Section 8(a) of the Agreement;
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Agreement is hereby amended:
1. To add a new Section 10, as set forth below:
2. To add a new Section 2(a)(iv), as set froth below:
"(iv) notwithstanding any other provision of the Section2, the rights of the Shareholders to include shares of stock in the Registration for the Corporation's initial underwritten public offering at Stock shall be deemed to be satisfied if the Corporation offers each Shareholder the right to include in such Registration the same percentage of their then current holdings of shares of Stock; and further any Stockholder who has not irrevocably agreed to include shares of Stock in such Registration or has not executed, completed and delivered all other documents required by the Corporation and/or the underwriters in order to include shares of Stock in such Registration or has executed, completed and delivered all other documents required by the Corporation and/or the underwriters in order to include shares of Stock in such Registration within 5 days of having been sent or given written notice by the Corporation of the price or range of prices at which shares of Stock will be offered pursuant to such Registration, shall be deemed to have waived any right to include shares of Stock in such Registration."
3. To delete the word "and" at the end of Section 2(a)(ii).
4. To change the punctuation at the end of Section 2(a)(iii) from a period to a semicolon and to add the word "and" after the newly inserted semicolon.
Exhibit 10.6
SECOND STOCK RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
THIS SECOND STOCK RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (this "Agreement") made as of March 4, 1994 (the "Effective Date"), by and between BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a New Hampshire corporation (the "Corporation"), the shareholders of the Corporation listed on Exhibit A attached hereto (the "Existing Shareholders") and John H. Harland Company ("Harland"). Harland and the Existing Shareholders are collectively referred to as the "Shareholders" or "Holders".
The Corporation and certain shareholders, including James L. Loomis
("Loomis"), Daniel M. McGurl ("McGurl") and Charles P. O'Leary ("O'Leary")
(Loomis, McGurl and O'Leary are hereinafter collectively referred to as the
"Principal Shareholders"), entered into the First Amendment and Restatement of
Bottomline Technologies, Inc. Stock Rights and Voting Agreement dated as of
March 31, 1992 (the "First Stock Rights and Voting Agreement") which superceded
and replaced that certain Stock Rights and Voting Agreement dated June 29, 1990.
This Agreement shall operate independently of, and shall not affect the parties
to, the First Stock Rights and Voting Agreement with respect to any rights or
obligations any such party may have or be bound by under such agreement. The
Existing Shareholders and Harland are parties to a certain Stock Purchase
Agreement of even date (the "Stock Purchase Agreement"), pursuant to which
Harland has agreed to purchase common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the
Corporation (the "Common Stock"). Of the Common Stock purchased from the
Existing Shareholders, an aggregate of 175,000 shares were purchased from the
Principal Shareholders (the "Principal Shares"). The purpose of this Agreement
is to provide Harland and the Principal Shareholders (collectively the
"Rightsholders") with certain stock rights, all as more particularly set forth
in this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals and the mutual covenants and representations set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereby agree as follows:
(a) Subject to the exclusions set forth in subsection (f) below, if the Corporation proposes to issue (a "Proposed Issuance") any unissued or treasury shares of Common Stock or any bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures, warrants, options, or other securities, rights, or obligations convertible into any shares of Common Stock or carrying any right to subscribe to or acquire any shares of
Common Stock, then the Corporation shall give Harland a written notice (the "Notice") describing the Proposed Issuance (including the identification of the securities to be issued, the price payable for such securities, and any other terms and conditions applicable to the Proposed Issuance).
(b) Harland shall have the right (the "Preemptive Right") to subscribe to or acquire all or a portion of Harland's respective Proportionate Share (as defined below) of the Proposed Issuance. Harland shall be entitled to exercise its Preemptive Right in the manner set forth in the Notice and on terms and conditions that are no less favorable than the terms and conditions established by the Corporation to govern the Proposed Issuance.
(c) If Harland fails to exercise its Preemptive Right within thirty (30) days following receipt of the Notice, then Harland's Preemptive Right shall be deemed to have been waived with respect to the Proposed Issuance, and, for a period of ninety (90) days thereafter, the Corporation shall be entitled to effect the Proposed Issuance, in whole or in part, free and clear of Harland's Preemptive Right, at the price specified in the Notice and upon other terms and conditions no more favorable to the acquiror(s) of the Proposed Issuance than the terms and conditions specified in the Notice.
(d) Harland may waive its Preemptive Right with respect to any Proposed Issuance by a writing filed with the Board of Directors or the Secretary of the Corporation.
(e) For purposes of this Section, Harland's "Proportionate Share" shall mean, as of the date on which a Notice is given, a fraction:
(i) the numerator of which is equal to the number of shares of Common Stock owned by Harland as of the Effective Date, including all shares of Common Stock being purchased as of the Effective Date by Harland pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement; and
(ii) the denominator of which is equal to the sum of such number of shares of Common Stock as are outstanding as of the Effective Date plus such number of shares of Common Stock as are subject to then-outstanding (on the date of Notice) stock options which have been granted under the Corporation's 1989 Stock Option Plan (the "Stock Option Plan").
Notwithstanding the above, if the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided or combined into a greater or smaller number of shares or if the Corporation shall issue any shares of Common Stock as a stock dividend on its outstanding Common Stock, or if Harland shall transfer any Common Stock (other than to a Related Transferee, as defined in subsection (g) below, then the numbers set
forth in subsection (i), and, in the case of a subdivision, combination, or stock dividend, in subsection (ii) above shall be proportionately increased or decreased (as the case may be).
(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, Harland's Preemptive Rights shall not apply to:
(i) any Proposed Issuance of stock options under the Stock Option Plan, as amended, (or of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of any such stock option) to an employee of the Corporation (excluding McGurl and Loomis and their respective Affiliates as defined in subsection (g) below); provided, that any Proposed Issuance to McGurl or to Loomis, or to the respective Affiliates of either of them, shall be subject to Harland's Preemptive Rights;
(ii) any stock dividend or subdivision of shares of Stock, provided that the securities issued pursuant to such stock dividend or subdivision are limited to additional shares of Common Stock;
(iii) any securities issued solely in consideration for the acquisition (whether by merger of otherwise) by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of any other entity;
(iv) any securities issued pursuant to an underwritten public offering; or
(v) any Common Stock issued pursuant to warrants held by those persons defined in the First Stock Rights and Voting Agreement or any of the Affiliate Purchasers or their Related Transferees.
(g) As used in this Agreement:
(i) an "Affiliate" shall mean a third party which either (A) is owned by the Corporation or is under common control with the Corporation, (B) is owned by Harland or is under common control with Harland, (C) is a trust or other entity in which McGurl or Loomis has a beneficial interest, or (D) is (or is owned or controlled by) a person who is the spouse, child, or parent of McGurl or Loomis; and
(ii) a "Related Transferee" of a Shareholder shall mean a parent, spouse, or child of such Shareholder, or a trust for the exclusive benefit of such Shareholder and/or the parents, spouse, children or Affiliate of such Shareholder, to whom shares of Common Stock owned by such Shareholder have been transferred.
(h) The provisions of this Section 1 are personal to Harland and may only be exercised by Harland while Harland, or a Related Transferee of Harland (such Related Transferee being deemed to be Harland for purposes of this Section 1), owns Common Stock of the Corporation which was purchased pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement.
(a) If the Corporation proposes to register for its own account, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the "Securities Act") any shares of Stock for sale for cash or other consideration to the public (other than a registration relating solely to either a transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities and Exchange Commission or an employee benefit plan) (a "Registration"), the Corporation shall notify Harland in writing and shall afford Harland the opportunity to include in the Registration all or any portion of the shares of Common Stock owned by Harland; provided, that the inclusion of such shares of Common Stock in the Registration shall be subject to:
(i) the rights of the Shareholders, as defined in the First Stock Rights and Voting Agreement, other than certain rights., as described herein, of the Principal Shareholders;
(ii) compliance with the terms and conditions of any underwriting agreement covering the Registration;
(iii) if and to the extent that the managing underwriter determines
that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares of
Common Stock to be underwritten, then, with respect to the total number of
shares of Common Stock of shareholders so determined as being available for
inclusion in the Registration, Harland (subject to clause (a)(i) of this
Section 2 and the provisions of subsection (g) below governing Related
Transferees) shall be entitled to include Harland's Inclusion Amount (as
defined in subsection (h) below) in the Registration by shareholders.
(iv) prohibition from inclusion if, in the judgment of the managing underwriter, such prohibition is required.
(b) In connection with the inclusion of any shares of Common Stock of Harland in a Registration, the Corporation will use its best efforts to register or qualify the shares of Common Stock covered by such registration statement under the securities or "blue sky" laws of such jurisdictions as Harland or, in the case of an underwritten public offering, the managing underwriter reasonably shall request; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not for any such purpose be required to qualify generally to transact business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction where it is not so qualified or to consent to general service of process in any such
jurisdiction.
(c) The Corporation and not Harland, shall be responsible for the payment of all fees and expenses (including, without limitation, registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel and independent public accountants for the Corporation, fees and expenses (including counsel fees) incurred in connection with complying with state securities or "blue sky" laws, fees of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., transfer taxes, fees of transfer agents and registrars, and costs of insurance) incurred by the Corporation in connection with the Registration and the inclusion of any shares of Common Stock by Harland therein; provided, that Harland, and not the Corporation, shall be responsible for all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale of any of Harland's shares of Common Stock.
(d) In connection with any Registration where shares of Common Stock of Harland are registered pursuant to the provisions of this Section:
(i) the Corporation will indemnify and hold harmless Harland against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities, joint or several, to which Harland may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof):
(A) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact relating to the Corporation and contained in (1) the registration statement under which such shares were registered under the Securities Act, (2) the final prospectus therefor, or (3) any amendment or supplement thereof, or
(B) arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact relating to the Corporation that is (1) required to be stated therein, or (2) necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;
(ii) the Corporation will reimburse Harland for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action covered by the provisions of subparagraph (i) above; provided, however, that the Corporation will not be liable in any such case if and to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission so made in conformity with information furnished by Harland in writing specifically for use in such registration statement, prospectus, or amendment thereof;
(iii) Harland will indemnify and hold harmless the Corporation, each other shareholder participating in the Registration, each officer of the Corporation who signs the registration statement, and each director of the Corporation against all losses, claims, damages, or liabilities, joint or several, to which the Corporation or such other shareholder, officer, or director may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof):
(A) arise our of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact relating to Harland and contained in (1) the registration statement under which such Common Stock was registered under the Securities Act, (2) the final prospectus therefor, or (3) any amendment or supplement thereof, or
(B) arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact relating to Harland that is (1) required to be stated therein, or (2) necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and
(iv) Harland will reimburse the Corporation and each other shareholder, officer, and director for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided, however, that Harland will not be liable in any such case if and to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made notwithstanding the Corporation's prior receipt of a written notice from Harland of the error in the statement or of the omission.
(e) In connection with any Registration where shares of Common Stock of Harland are registered pursuant to the provisions of this Section, Harland will cooperate with the Corporation and each underwriter (if the method of disposition shall be an underwritten public offering) and will take all such actions and execute and deliver all such instruments, agreements, and documents as the Corporation or any such underwriter reasonably may request, including, but not limited to:
(i) furnishing to the Corporation in writing such information with respect to Harland and the proposed distribution by it as reasonably shall be necessary in order to assure compliance with federal and applicable state securities laws, and
(ii) immediately notifying the Corporation, each other shareholder
participating in the Registration, and the managing underwriter (if the method of disposition shall be an underwritten public offering), at any time when a prospectus relating to such Registration is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event of which Harland has knowledge as a result of which the prospectus contained in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing.
(f) The rights set forth in this Section 2 are personal to Harland and may be exercised by Harland only while Harland or an affiliate of Harland owns Common Stock.
(g) For purposes of effecting the rights granted to Harland pursuant to this Section 2, a Related Transferee of Harland shall, to the extent of the shares of Common Stock transferred by Harland to such Related Transferee (the "Previously Transferred Shares"), be deemed to be Harland. In particular, with respect to the limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock which Harland and such Related Transferee may include in the Registration under this Section 2, the Previously Transferred Shares shall be considered to be owned by Harland. Unless otherwise agreed between Harland and such Related Transferee, any permitted inclusion in the Registration of some, but not all, of the shares of Common Stock owned by Harland and of the Previously Transferred Shares shall be allocated between Harland and such Related Transferee pro rata based on the respective number of such shares of Common Stock owned by Harland and of such Previously Transferred Shares.
(h) To the extent that Harland's rights are limited pursuant to clause
(a)(i) of this Section 2, each of the Principal Shareholders agree to allocate
to Harland for inclusion in the Registration the right to include in such
Registration that number of shares, out of the allotment of shares which the
Principal Shareholders would be entitled to include in the Registration pursuant
to Section 2(a)(ii) of the First Stock Rights and Voting Agreement, which
Harland would be entitled to include in such Registration if Harland were a
Shareholder under the First Stock Rights and Voting Agreement and its
Percentage, as defined therein, was equal to 10.368193% ("Harland's Inclusion
Amount"). The percentage of Harland's Inclusion Amount to be allocated by each
of the Principal Shareholders shall be as follows:
(A) Loomis, 42.857143% (B) McGurl, 42.857143% (C) O'Leary 14.285714% |
each of the Rightsholders:
(a) If any Rightsholder (the "Selling Shareholder") shall propose to transfer (a "Proposed Transfer") to any person (the "Proposed Transferee"), other than (1) another Rightsholder, (2) with respect to a Proposed Transfer by any of the Principal Shareholders, a Shareholder, as defined in the First Stock Rights and Voting Agreement, (3) a Related Transferee, or (4) the Corporation, any shares of Common Stock (the "Transfer Shares"), then Harland, with respect to Proposed Transfers by each of the Principal Shareholders and each of the Principal Shareholders with respect to Proposed Transfers by Harland of any of the Principal Shares (subject to the provisions of subsection (f) below governing Related Transferees) shall have:
(i) the right to transfer, in place of certain of the Transfer Shares, such number of such shares of Common Stock as is equal to the following percentage ("Percentage") of the number of Transfer Shares:
(A) for McGurl, 38.759690%, (B) for Loomis, 38.759690%, (C) for O'Leary, 11.627907%, and (D) for Harland, 10.852713%, |
(ii) if the Proposed Transferee is unwilling to purchase shares of any eligible Rightsholder(s) as part of the Proposed Transfer, then the right to have the Selling Shareholder purchase, out of the proceeds of the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee, such number of such eligible Rightsholder(s)' shares of Common Stock as is equal to his Percentage of the number of Transfer Shares;
all upon and subject to the additional terms and conditions set forth in this Section. Transfers of shares of Common Stock between Rightsholders shall not be subject to the provisions of this Section.
(b) In the event of a Proposed Transfer, the Selling Shareholder shall give written notice (the "Transfer Notice") to (A) in the case of a Proposed Transfer by Harland, each of the Principal Shareholders, (B) in the case of a Proposed Transfer by a Principal Shareholder, Harland of the Proposed Transfer, including the number of shares of Common Stock proposed to be transferred, the price and general terms and conditions governing the Proposed Transfer, and the identity of the Proposed Transferee.
(c) Upon receipt of the Transfer Notice, each eligible Rightsholder shall be
entitled to exercise his rights under subsection (a) above by giving the Selling
Shareholder written notice (the "Participation Notice") thereof within thirty
(30) days following his receipt of the Transfer Notice. If no such Participation
Notice is given by such eligible Rightsholder(s), then his rights under
subsection (a) above shall automatically terminate with respect to the Proposed
Transfer.
(d) In the event that any eligible Rightsholder exercises his rights under subsection (a) above, then any transfer of shares of Common Stock by such remaining Rightsholder(s) shall be subject to the same terms and conditions that govern the Selling Shareholder under the Proposed Transfer.
(e) The rights of any Rightsholder under' this Section may be waived as to any Proposed Transfer by delivery of a writing to that effect to the Corporation and the Selling Shareholder.
(f) For purposes of effecting the rights granted to the Rightsholders pursuant to this Section 3, a shareholder who is a Related Transferee of a Rightsholder shall, to the extent of the shares of Common Stock transferred by a Rightsholder to such Related Transferee (the "Previously Transferred Shares"), be deemed to be-the Rightsholder. In particular, with respect to the limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock which the Rightsholder and such Related Transferee may include in the Proposed Transfer under this Section 3, the Previously Transferred Shares shall be considered to be owned by the Rightsholder. Unless otherwise agreed between the Rightsholder and such Related Transferee, any permitted inclusion in the Proposed Transfer of some, but not all, of the shares of Common Stock owned by the Rightsholder and of the Previously Transferred Shares shall be allocated between the Rightsholder and such Related Transferee pro rata based on the respective number of such shares of Common Stock owned by the Rightsholder and of such Previously Transferred Shares.
(a) "Registrable Securities" shall mean Registrable Securities as defined in Section 5 of the First Stock Rights and Voting Agreement and shares of Common Stock owned by Harland.
(b) "Registration Expenses" shall mean all expenses incurred by the Corporation in registering any Registrable Securities under applicable federal and state securities laws in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 (including all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel and independent public accountants for the Corporation, fees and expenses (including
counsel fees) incurred in connection with complying with state securities or "blue sky" laws, fees of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., transfer taxes, fees of transfer agents and registrars, and costs of insurance), but excluding any Selling Expenses.
(c) "Selling Expenses" shall mean all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to any sale of Registrable Securities.
(d) "Commission" means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.
(e) "Securities Act" shall mean the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
(a) At any time after six (6) months following any registration statement covering a public offering of securities of the Corporation under the Securities Act, Harland may request the Corporation to register under the Securities Act (a "Demand Registration") all of the shares of Common Stock held by it (or such lesser portion of such shares of Common Stock as Harland may request to register if the reasonably anticipated aggregate price to the public of such public offering would be at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00)).
(b) The request described in subsection (a) above shall be set forth in a written notice (the "Demand Registration Notice") given by Harland to the Corporation. The Demand Registration Notice shall specify the number of shares of Common Stock requested to be registered (the "Requested Shares") and the manner in which the Requested Shares are to be sold.
(c) Following its receipt of any Demand Registration Notice, the Corporation shall immediately notify (the "Participation Notice") other holders of Registrable Securities that the Corporation has received the Demand Registration Notice, and a copy of the Demand Registration Notice shall be included with the Participation Notice. Each other holder shall be entitled to include in the Demand Registration, for sale in accordance with the method of disposition specified in the Demand Registration Notice, all or any lesser portion of the shares of Registrable Securities of such holder by giving the Corporation, within fifteen (15) days following the giving of the Participation Notice, written notice of such holder's election to participate in the Demand Registration (including a statement of the number of Registrable Securities of such holder which should be included in the Demand Registration).
(d) The Corporation shall use its best efforts to register under the Securities
(e) The following provisions shall be applicable if the requested method of disposition shall be an underwritten public offering:
(i) The Corporation shall designate the managing underwriter for the offering, subject to the approval of Harland to be registered in the Demand Registration (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). In the event such managing underwriter is not so approved, the Corporation shall designate another managing underwriter as soon as practicable.
(ii) The right of any holder to registration pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be conditioned upon such holder's participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such holder's Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent requested (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the holders, to the extent provided herein). The Corporation shall (together with all holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter.
(iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.2 to the contrary, if the managing underwriter advises the Corporation in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the number of shares that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated first to the Requested Shares, second to shares to be sold pursuant to subsection (f) and then among all other holders requesting inclusion in the registration in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities held by such holders at the time of the filing of the registration statement. No Requested Shares or Registrable Securities excluded from the underwriting by reason of the managing underwriter's marketing limitation shall be included in such registration.
(iv) If Harland or any holder of Registrable Securities disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such person may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Corporation, the managing underwriter, and the other holders. The Requested Shares or Registrable Securities so withdrawn shall also be withdrawn from registration; provided, however, that if by the withdrawal of such Requested Shares or Registrable Securities a greater number of Registrable Securities held by other holders may be included in such Registration (up to the maximum of any limitation imposed by the managing underwriter), then the Corporation shall offer to all holders who have included Registrable Securities in the registration the right to include additional Registrable Securities in the same proportion used in determining the underwriter limitation in this Section 4.2(e). If the registration does not become effective due to the withdrawal of Requested Shares, then either (A) Harland shall reimburse the Corporation for expenses incurred in complying with the request, or (B) the aborted registration shall be treated as effected for purposes of Section 4.2(h) below.
(f) The Corporation shall be entitled to include in the Demand Registration, for sale in accordance with the method of disposition specified in the Demand Registration Notice, both:
(i) shares of Common Stock to be sold by the Corporation for its own account, and
(ii) shares of Common Stock owned by any other stockholder or stockholders of the Corporation, except that the number of shares of Common Stock to be included by any such other stockholder shall not exceed two percent (2%) of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock;
(g) In the case of each registration effected by the Corporation pursuant to this Section 4.2, the Corporation will keep each holder advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration and as to the completion thereof. At its expense the Corporation will:
(i) keep such registration effective for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days or until the holder or holders have completed the distribution described in the registration statement relating thereto, whichever first occurs; and
(ii) furnish such number of prospectuses and other documents incident thereto as a holder from time to time may reasonably request.
(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.2:
(i) no Demand Registration Notice may be given within one (1) year after the effective date of a registration statement filed by the Corporation covering an underwritten public offering in which Harland shall have been entitled to join pursuant to Section 2 above and in which there shall have been effectively registered all shares of Common Stock as to which registration shall have been requested by Harland; and
(a) In addition to the rights set forth in Section 4.2 above, if Harland requests by written notice to the Corporation that the Corporation file a registration statement on Form S-3 (or any successor thereto) for a public offering of its shares the reasonably anticipated aggregate price to the public of which would exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00), and the Corporation is a registrant entitled to use Form S-3 to register securities for such an offering, the Corporation shall use its best efforts to cause such shares to be registered for the offering on such form (or any successor thereto).
(b) All Registration and Selling Expenses incurred in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 4.4 shall be borne by the holder or holders participating in the registration on Form S-3 pro rata according to the number of
Registrable Securities so registered.
The Existing Shareholders shall take all requisite action to ensure that Harland is afforded the opportunity to have a representative present at all meetings of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and to receive the same prior notice of such meetings as is received by the members of the Board of Directors and to obtain any informational distributions made in advance of and in connection with those meetings as if such representative were a member of the Board of Directors.
fully and completely expresses the parties' respective obligations. This Agreement is entered into by each party after opportunity for investigation, and each party represents that such party is not relying upon any statements, understandings, correspondence, or agreements not embodied in this Agreement and made by any other party or on any other party's behalf.
(i) by being hand-delivered to such party,
(ii) by being telecopied to such party's Telecopy Number (as defined below), with a copy of the telecopy being mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, to such party's Address (as defined below), or
(iii) by being deposited in the mail (registered or certified) or delivered to a private express company, postage or freight prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed to such party at such party's Address.
As used in this Section, a party's "Address" shall mean the address of such party set forth in this Agreement underneath such party's signature line, and a party's "Telecopy Number" shall mean the telephone number of such party set forth in this Agreement underneath such party's signature line. Each party may change such party's Address or Telecopy Number from time to time by giving the other party or parties notice of the change in accordance with the provisions of this Section.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement all as of the date first above-written.
Bottomline Technologies, Inc.
____________________________ By: _________________________________ Witness James L. Loomis, Vice President Address: One Court Street Exeter, New Hampshire 03833 Telecopy Number: 603-778-3975 16 |
Corporation: ------------ /s/Helmar B. Herman* ------------------------------------ Helmar B. Herman Address: ____________________________________ ____________________________________ Telecopy Number: ____________________________________ /s/James L. Loomis* ------------------------------------ James L. Loomis_____________ Address: ____________________________________ ____________________________________ Telecopy Number: ____________________________________ /s/Daniel M. McGurl* ------------------------------------ Daniel M. McGurl Address: ____________________________________ ____________________________________ Telecopy Number: ____________________________________ /s/Joseph L. Mullen* ------------------------------------ Joseph L. Mullen Address: ____________________________________ ____________________________________ Telecopy Number: ____________________________________ /s/Charles P. O'Leary* ------------------------------------ Charles P. O'Leary Address: ____________________________________ ____________________________________ Telecopy Number: ____________________________________ 17 |
Corporation: ------------ /s/Jeanette Roberts* ------------------------------------ Jeanette Roberts Address: ____________________________________ ____________________________________ Telecopy Number: ____________________________________ JOHN H. HARLAND COMPANY ____________________________ By:_________________________________ Witness Its: Chairman, President and C.E.O. -------------------------------- 2939 Miller Road Address: ------------------------------------ Decatur, Georgia 30035 ------------------------------------ Telecopy Number: (404) 593-5619 ------------------------------------ ____________________________ Witness By:_________________________________ Attorney-in-Fact One Court Street Address: ------------------------------------ Exeter, New Hampshire 03883 ------------------------------------ Telecopy Number: (603) 778-3975 ------------------------------------ |
EXHIBIT A
TO
SECOND STOCK RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
Helmar B. Herman
James L. Loomis
Daniel M. McGurl
Joseph L. Mullen
Charles P. O'Leary
Jeanette Roberts
WAIVER AND AMENDMENT
WHEREAS, Mr. Charles P. O'Leary ("O'Leary") has proposed to transfer 10,000 shares of common stock, $.001 par value per share (the "Transfer Shares") of Bottomline Technologies, Inc. ("Bottomline") at a per share purchase price of $14.75 (the "Sale") to Mr. Bruce E. Elmblad ("Elmblad"); and
WHEREAS, Bottomline and the undersigned Shareholder, as defined in the Second Stock Rights Agreement, dated as of March 4, 1994, as amended, (the "Agreement") believe it is in the best interest of Bottomline and the Shareholder to allow O'Leary to sell the Transfer Shares to Elmblad and to amend the Agreement;
NOW, THEREFORE:
1. The undersigned Shareholder hereby waives any and all Take-Along- Rights which the undersigned may have with respect to the Transfer Shares pursuant to Section 3 of the Agreement, provided such shares are sold only to Elmblad or his assigns and such sale is effected on or prior to October 1, 1996, and the undersigned hereby waives any rights to notice with respect to such transfer by O'Leary.
2. Bottomline and the undersigned Shareholder hereby agree to amend
Section 3(a)(i)(C) of the Agreement, effective upon consummation of the Sale, to
change the percentage listed therein next to O'Leary's name from 11.627907% to
10.999371%.
Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the respective meaning ascribed to them in the Agreement.
This Waiver and Amendment may be signed in one or more counterparts.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Waiver and Amendment has been executed by Bottomline and the undersigned Shareholder on or before August 10, 1996 with the intent that it become effective, except as otherwise provided herein, as of and on August 10, 1996.
Exhibit 10.7
LEASE AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
WENBERRY ASSOCIATES L.L.C.
AND
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
PORTSMOUTH, NEW HAMPSHIRE
This lease is made by Wenberry Associates, L.L.C. of 40 Pleasant Street, Portsmouth, New Hampshire (hereinafter referred to as Owner) and Bottomline Technologies, Inc. of One Court Street, Exeter, New Hampshire (hereinafter referred to as Tenant).
In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and the considerations referred to hereafter, the parties agree as follows:
Within one (1) month of the occupancy of the building by Tenant, Tenant agrees to lease an additional 8,000 square feet of space located to the rear of the third floor Fleet Street location and shown on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A-4. Except as set forth in Section 3, all lease terms for this additional 8,000 square feet of space shall be consistent with and coterminous with the original space including without limitation Section 18.c.
In addition, the Tenant shall have two five year options to extend the term of this lease. To exercise this option, Tenant must give written notice of its intent to Owner at least 90 days before the expiration of the initial, lease term or extended term, as the case may be.
a. For the first two years of the initial lease term, Tenant shall pay $9.50 per square foot, plus all utilities.
b. With respect to the additional 8000 square feet referred to in the second paragraph of Section 1, Tenant's obligation to pay rent there for shall commence on the later of substantial completion, as defined in Section 24, or
i. for the first 2000 square feet thereof, three (3) months after substantial completion, as defined in Section 24, of the initial 24,000 square feet;
ii. for the second 2000 square feet thereof, three (3) months after the date specified in (i) above;
iii. for the third 2000 square feet thereof, three (3) months after the date specified in (ii) above; and
iv. for the remainder, three (3) months after the date specified in (iii) above.
c. For the third year, rent shall be the base rent of the previous year, plus any increase in the rate of the National Consumer Price Index for the previous year, applicable to base rent, minus real estate taxes. In addition, Tenant shall pay all utilities and any increase in property tax from the previous year.
d. For the fourth through the seventh year rent shall be the base rent of the previous year plus any increase in the National Consumer Price Index for the previous year, but said increase shall not exceed five percent in any one year.
e. During the extension terms the rent shall be 95% of the fair market rent but not less than the rent during the seventh year or the twelfth year, as the case may be.
In addition, the Tenant shall pay all utilities and any increase in property tax from the previous year. In calculating Tenant's obligation to pay increases in property taxes, Tenant's share of such increases shall be a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of square feet of the leased premises and the denominator of which is the number of square feet of the building for which the tax bill is issued.
f. Annual rent shall be made in monthly installments due on the first day of the month. In the event owner has not received Tenant's rent by the seventh (7th) day of the month, an additional late charge of 5% of the monthly payment shall be imposed.
The Security Deposit shall be held by Owner as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease to be kept and performed or observed by Tenant. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, including, but not limited to, the provisions relating to the payment of Rent or any other monetary sums due herewith, Owner may (but shall not be required to) use, apply or retain all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent or other monetary sums due herewith and/or for the payment of any other amount which Owner may spend or become obligated by reason of Tenant's default, or to compensate Owner for any other loss or damage which Owner may suffer thereby. If any portion of the Security Deposit is so used or applied, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after demand therefore, deposit cash with Owner in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to the full amount thereof and Tenant's failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease.
Furthermore, whenever the Base Rent increases, Tenant shall deposit additional cash with Owner so that the amount of the Security Deposit is always at least one full months rent for the entire Leased Premises. Owner shall keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts and in accordance with provisions of New Hampshire law. If Tenant shall fully and faithfully perform all of its obligations hereunder, the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof that has not theretofore been applied by Owner, shall be returned to Tenant, after any lawful deductions, within thirty (30) days of the Termination of Tenancy.
a. The property shall be used only as commercial office space and accessory purposes. The Tenant may display items outside of the leased premises, but only in those locations approved by the Owner and approved by the City of Portsmouth and State of New Hampshire. The Tenant shall not store or otherwise keep any items outside of the leased premises without the permission of the Owner. Tenant acknowledges that no trade or occupation shall be conducted in the leased premises or use made thereof which would be unlawful, improper, noisy or offensive, or contrary to any law or ordinance in force in the City of Portsmouth or State of New Hampshire. Owner represents and warrants that the leasehold property is currently zoned as commercial property and use of the leasehold as office space is permitted by the City of Portsmouth.
b. Owner shall at its sole cost and expense comply with all applicable covenants, conditions and restrictions now or hereafter affecting the Premises, or the Building, or the Property, with all laws, rules, ordinances, regulations, directives and requirements of all federal, state, county and municipal authorities having jurisdiction over the Premises, or the Building, or the Property ("Laws"), including without limitation those relating to health, safety, noise,
environmental protection, waste disposal, water and air quality, and other environmental matters, and the use, storage and disposal of Hazardous Materials, as such term is defined in Section 5.d. below, and with the certificate of occupancy for the Premises or the Building. Tenant shall not permit anything to be done on the Premises in violation thereof. Upon written demand, Tenant shall discontinue any use of the Premises in violation of any covenants, conditions and restrictions, or of any Law or of the certificate of occupancy. Owner shall be responsible for changes required in the building for handicap access.
c. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in, or about the Premises, or the Building, or the Property which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building, or injure or annoy them, or use or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, immoral, unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on, or about the Premises or the Building, or the Property nor use or permit to be used any loudspeaker, or other device, system or apparatus which can be heard outside the premises without the prior written consent of Owner. Tenant shall not commit or suffer to be committed any waste in or upon the Premises, the Building, or the Property.
d. Tenant shall at all times and in all respects comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations (collectively "Hazardous Materials Laws") relating to industrial hygiene, environmental protection or the use, analysis, generation, manufacture, storage, disposal, or transportation of any oil, gasoline and related products, flammable substance or explosives, asbestos, radioactive materials or waste, or other hazardous, toxic contaminated or polluting materials, substances, chemicals, wastes or related injurious materials, whether injurious by themselves or in combination with other materials including, without limitation, any "hazardous substances," "hazardous wastes," "hazardous materials," or "toxic substances" under any such Laws, any toxic or hazardous substance, material or waste listed in the United States Department of Transportation Table (49 CFR 172.101) or by the Environmental Protection Agency as a hazardous substance (40 CFR, Part 302) and amendments thereto, or such substances, materials and wastes which are or become regulated or listed as toxic under any applicable local, state or federal law) (collectively, "Hazardous Materials").
Tenant at a rent in excess of the subleased portion's pro-rata share of the rent payable hereunder by Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, fifty percent (50%) of such excess rent net of all reasonable expenses of the assignment or subletting.
a. Tenant shall act with care in its use and occupancy of the Premises and the fixtures (and all Tenant's improvements and fixtures) therein and, at Tenant's sole cost and expense and to the satisfaction of the Owner, shall make all repairs and replacements to the Premises and the fixtures and the Building, structural or otherwise, necessitated or occasioned by the acts, omissions, carelessness, negligence of other cause of Tenant, its servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees or any person claiming through or under Tenant or by the use or occupancy or manner of use or occupancy of the Premises by Tenant or any such person. Ordinary maintenance items on the Premises shall be maintained or repaired as the need arises at the expense of the owner. Tenant, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, shall make all repairs and replacements to Tenant's special installations, if any. All such aforesaid repairs, restoration and replacements shall be in quality and class equal to the original work or installation. Regarding the Tenant's need to make repairs or replacements to any Structural, Mechanical, Electrical, HVAC, or surface treatment of walls, floors, and ceilings, Tenant shall notify Owner, who reserves the right to perform such work and charge back the Tenant.
b. Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (a) of this Article, Owner shall make the following repairs as and when necessary; (i) major structural repairs to the Premises and Building; (ii) repairs required in order to provide the elevator, plumbing, electrical, heating and air conditioning services to be furnished by
Owner pursuant to this Lease; and (iii) repairs to exterior portions of the Building, including the 2nd and 3rd story windows and roof thereof.
c. All personal property of the Tenant or special installations in the Premises or in the Building shall be at the sole risk of the Tenant and the Tenant shall, through the term of this Lease, keep same insured against all loss or damage by fire or other casualty. The Owner shall not be liable for any injury or damage to Tenant or its employees, invitees, occupants or persons in or on the Premises or to the property of Tenant resulting from the use of the heating, cooling, electrical or plumbing apparatus or any other cause, and Owner shall not, in any event, be liable for damages or injury resulting from water, steam or other causes, except in the case of Owner's negligence or willful misconduct. Tenant hereby expressly releases Owner from any liability incurred or claimed by reason of such damage or injury.
d. The Owner assumes no liability or responsibility whatsoever with respect to the conduct and operation of the business to be conducted in the Premises. The Owner shall not be liable for any accident or injury to any person or persons or property in or about the Premises which are caused by the conduct and operation of said business or by virtue of equipment or property of the Tenant in said Premises. The Tenant agrees to defend and hold the Owner harmless against all such claims.
e. The Owner agrees to keep all common areas of the leasehold Premises reasonably clean and free from debris at its expense.
In case of destruction or injury to the demised premises, the Owner shall restore said demised premises reasonably to the same condition as originally leased, and during such restoration period, the rental shall be prorated and returned to the
Tenant proportionate to available use; provided however, if the destruction or injury shall exceed fifty (50) percent of the replacement cost, the Owner and/or Tenant shall have the option of terminating this Agreement, and the rental shall be prorated and returned to the Tenant as of the date of destruction.
In the event that a mutually selected contractor estimates the period of restoration will exceed 120 days, the Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease. In the event the estimated period of restoration is less than 120 days, but the actual period of restoration exceeds 120 days, this Lease shall not terminate, but rent shall continue to be prorated as provided herein.
In the event said Premises shall be taken under eminent domain proceedings in whole or to the extent that they are not functional for the Tenant, then this Agreement shall be terminated, and the rental shall be prorated and returned to the Tenant as of the date of such taking.
a. The Owner agrees to pay all property taxes for the leased premises for the first two years of the lease term. Thereafter, the Owner shall pay to the City of Portsmouth an amount equal to the second year tax obligation, with the Tenant paying any increase in property taxes provided in Section 3.
b. Owner shall, throughout the term of this lease, at its expense, keep the building insured against all loss or damage by fire with extended coverage in an amount equal to its full replacement cost.
c. Owner shall deliver the leased premises to Tenant in accordance with the final renovation plan as agreed by the parties, which shall be attached hereto and specifically incorporated into this Lease Agreement, which shall include, but not necessarily be limited to:
- properly designed HVAC for office use
- executive type lobby, reception area and elevator
- building atrium
- satisfactory carpeting, ceiling and painting
- construction and for renovating of internal offices and bathrooms
consistent with Tenant's space requirements
- a new facade on Fleet Street with opening windows to meet
Portsmouth Historical District approval
The parties shall cooperate together and use best efforts to prepare and agree on a renovation plan for the initial premises containing 24,000 square feet including drawings and specifications for the work within four (4) weeks of the date of this
Lease, and to agree on a renovation plan for the additional premises containing 8000 square feet within three (3) weeks after the date of this Lease. Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a Description of Tenant Fit-Up Work which the parties agree shall be used as a guideline for developing the renovation plans for the premises.
d. Owner shall replace the carpet throughout the entire leased premises with carpet of equal or better quality no later than the end of the seventh lease year.
If at any time during the Term there shall be filed by or against the
Tenant or any successor Tenant then in possession, in any Court pursuant to any
statute either of the United States or any State, a petition (a) in bankruptcy,
(b) alleging insolvency, (c) for reorganization, (d) for the appointment of a
receiver, or (e) for an arrangement under the Bankruptcy Acts, or if a similar
type of proceeding shall be filed, the Owner may terminate the Tenant's rights
under this lease by notice in writing to the Tenant under the applicable laws of
the State of New Hampshire.
In the event of a breach by the Tenant of any of the covenants or provisions hereof, the Owner shall have, in addition to any other remedies which it may have, the right to invoke any remedy allowed at law or in equity to enforce Lessor's rights or any of them, as if re-entry and other remedies were not herein provided.
Tenant shall also nave the right of first refusal to purchase the leased premises if the property is being sold to a third party. This right shall not preclude the Owner from syndicating the property. Tenant shall communicate its intent to purchase within thirty (30) days of its receipt of notice by Owner of intent to sell.
The provisions of this Section 23 shall survive the termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability occurring prior to such termination.
Owner shall Substantially Complete the initial premises no later than six
(6) months after the date of this Lease and the additional 8000 square feet of
the leased premises within seven (7) months after the date of this Lease.
"Substantially Complete" means:
i. Owner and Tenant agree that the improvements described in the renovation plans referred to in Section 18.c. have been substantially completed in compliance with the terms of this Lease and all Legal Requirements so that Tenant can use the leased premises for their intended purposes without material interference to Tenant conducting its ordinary business activities;
ii. The only incomplete items are minor or insubstantial details of construction, mechanical adjustments or finishing touches like touch-up plastering or painting as identified on a punchlist prepared by Tenant;
iii. Owner has secured a permanent certificate of occupancy from the City of Portsmouth, permitting the building, the common areas and the leased premises to be occupied by Tenant in accordance with all legal requirements;
iv. Tenant, its employees, agents and invitees, having ready access to and egress from the building and leased premises through the common areas which shall be clean, free of construction equipment and materials and in good working order;
v. All major building systems, including the electrical, heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems, plumbing, utilities, and elevators are installed and are in good working order; and
vi. The leased premises are broom clean.
Prior to the commencement date the Tenant shall inspect the leased premises and Owner shall demonstrate all building systems. If the leased premises are acceptable to Tenant, with the exception of minor items, Owner and Tenant shall prepare and execute a Punchlist. The Punchlist shall list incomplete, minor and insubstantial details of construction, necessary mechanical adjustments, and needed finishing touches. Owner shall complete the items set forth in the Punchlist within thirty (30) days after the commencement date. Owner will promptly correct any latent defects as they become known to Owner or within thirty (30) days after Tenant notifies Owner in writing of the defect. If Owner fails to complete the punchlist
items or known latent defects, Owner shall pay Tenant, as liquidated damages, the sum of $100.00 per day. Tenant, if it so elects, shall have the option to withhold the liquidated damages from its monthly rent. Owner shall keep all contractor's and manufacturer's warranties and guarantees on file and shall make same available for inspection by Tenant upon request.
This paragraph shall not apply to damage or delay caused by fire, flood, earthquake or other natural disaster, or war, riots, labor strike or civil unrest.
This paragraph shall not apply to damage or delay caused by fire, flood, earthquake or other natural disaster, or war, riots, labor strike or civil unrest.
Legal Requirements shall mean: all federal, state, county, municipal and other governmental statutes, laws, rules, regulations, and ordinances affecting the building
or the use thereof, including the Local and/or National Board of Fire Underwriters or its equivalent, whether now or hereafter enacted and in force, including without limitation any which may require repairs, modifications or alterations (structural or otherwise) in or to the land, building or the lease premises, and all permits, licenses, authorizations and regulations relating thereto; any which deal with environmental matters and/or Hazardous Substances; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (the "ADA"), and all covenants, agreements, restrictions and encumbrances affecting the building.
Governmental Authority ("Hazardous Substances"). The term Hazardous Substances shall not include incidental quantities of substances which are commonly used in offices, such as copier fluid, typewriter, corrections fluids and ordinary cleaning solvents, provided that such are at all times used, kept and stored in a manner which complies with all Legal Requirements. If the Premises contains Hazardous Substances, prior to Owner's delivering possession of the Premises to Tenant, Owner shall at Owner's sole cost and expense, remove, contain or abate all Hazardous Substances. Removal, containment or abatement of Hazardous Substances shall be done in compliance with (a) all applicable Legal Requirements; and (b) the performance prescribed by a contractor licensed and certified in the jurisdiction in which the Premises is located to remove, contain or abate such Hazardous Substances. If at any time during the Term the removal, containment or abatement of any Hazardous Substances located on or in the property is required by any applicable Legal Requirements, Owner shall proceed to remove, contain or abate the Hazardous Substances as required by the applicable Legal Requirements.
Signed this 24th day of November, 1994.
WITNESS: OWNER: WENBERRY ASSOCIATES, L.L.C. /s/ Daniel Jones By: /s/ James Kenny ------------------------- --------------------------- printed name: title: TENANT: BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES, INC. /s/ Phillip D. Stevenson By: /s/ James L. Loomis ------------------------- --------------------------- printed name: James L. Loomis title: Vice President |
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
We consent to the reference to our firm under the captions "Experts" and "Selected Financial Data" and to the use of our report dated August 6, 1998, except for Note 11 as to which the date is November 12, 1998, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc. for the registration of its common stock.
Our audits also included the financial statement schedule of Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc. included in the Registration Statement. This schedule is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits. In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP Boston, Massachusetts November 12, 1998 |
ARTICLE 5 |
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from the Company's financial statements, and notes thereto, included in the Company's registration statement, to which this schedule is an exhibit, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to such financial statements. |
PERIOD TYPE | 12 MOS | 3 MOS |
FISCAL YEAR END | JUN 30 1998 | JUN 30 1999 |
PERIOD START | JUL 01 1997 | JUL 01 1998 |
PERIOD END | JUN 30 1998 | SEP 30 1998 |
CASH | 1,362 | 1,491 |
SECURITIES | 0 | 0 |
RECEIVABLES | 7,967 | 8,229 |
ALLOWANCES | 970 | 1,071 |
INVENTORY | 174 | 156 |
CURRENT ASSETS | 9,346 | 9,915 |
PP&E | 3,696 | 4,130 |
DEPRECIATION | 1,831 | 2,021 |
TOTAL ASSETS | 11,301 | 12,084 |
CURRENT LIABILITIES | 5,462 | 5,788 |
BONDS | 0 | 0 |
PREFERRED MANDATORY | 1,353 | 1,381 |
PREFERRED | 0 | 0 |
COMMON | 2 | 2 |
OTHER SE | 4,366 | 4,795 |
TOTAL LIABILITY AND EQUITY | 11,301 | 12,084 |
SALES | 9,449 | 2,374 |
TOTAL REVENUES | 29,037 | 8,105 |
CGS | 6,526 | 1,682 |
TOTAL COSTS | 11,002 | 2,911 |
OTHER EXPENSES | 15,205 | 4,447 |
LOSS PROVISION | 0 | 0 |
INTEREST EXPENSE | 85 | 2 |
INCOME PRETAX | 2,780 | 762 |
INCOME TAX | 1,177 | 305 |
INCOME CONTINUING | 1,603 | 457 |
DISCONTINUED | 0 | 0 |
EXTRAORDINARY | 0 | 0 |
CHANGES | 0 | 0 |
NET INCOME | 1,603 | 457 |
EPS PRIMARY | .71 | .20 |
EPS DILUTED | .61 | .17 |